1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
40 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
42 #include "coff/symconst.h"
43 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
44 #include "coff/mips.h"
48 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
49 enum mips_got_tls_type {
56 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
57 There are four types of entry:
59 (1) an absolute address
60 requires: abfd == NULL
63 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
64 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
65 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
67 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
68 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
72 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
73 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
76 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
78 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
79 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
83 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
85 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
86 that should be added to the symbol value. */
88 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
89 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
90 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
91 otherwise it is in the global area. */
92 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
95 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
96 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
97 unsigned char tls_type;
99 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
100 and created the associated relocations. */
101 unsigned char tls_initialized;
103 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
104 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
105 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
109 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
110 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
111 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
112 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
113 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
115 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
116 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
117 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
118 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
119 struct mips_got_page_ref
124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
130 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
131 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
133 struct mips_got_page_range
135 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
136 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
137 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
140 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
141 relocations against a given section. */
142 struct mips_got_page_entry
144 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
146 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
147 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
148 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
152 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
156 /* The number of global .got entries. */
157 unsigned int global_gotno;
158 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
159 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
160 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
161 unsigned int tls_gotno;
162 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
163 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
164 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
165 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
166 unsigned int local_gotno;
167 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
168 unsigned int page_gotno;
169 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
171 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
172 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno;
173 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
174 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno;
175 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
176 struct htab *got_entries;
177 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
178 struct htab *got_page_refs;
179 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
180 struct htab *got_page_entries;
181 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
182 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
183 struct mips_got_info *next;
186 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
188 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
190 /* The output bfd. */
192 /* The link information. */
193 struct bfd_link_info *info;
194 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
195 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
197 struct mips_got_info *primary;
198 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
200 struct mips_got_info *current;
201 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
203 unsigned int max_count;
204 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
205 unsigned int max_pages;
206 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
207 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
208 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
210 unsigned int global_count;
213 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
214 when laying out the GOT. */
216 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
218 struct bfd_link_info *info;
219 struct mips_got_info *g;
223 struct _mips_elf_section_data
225 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
232 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
233 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
235 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
236 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
237 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
238 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
240 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
241 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
242 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
243 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
244 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
245 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
247 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
248 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
249 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
250 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
251 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
254 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
255 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
256 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
258 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
261 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
262 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
265 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
267 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
271 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
273 to a separate trampoline section.
275 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
276 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
277 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
278 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
279 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
280 asection *stub_section;
282 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
285 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
286 in H->root.root.u.def. */
287 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
290 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
292 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
293 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
294 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
296 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
297 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
298 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
299 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
300 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
302 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
303 the dynamic symbols. */
305 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
307 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
309 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
310 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
311 symbol with a GOT entry. */
312 long min_got_dynindx;
313 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
314 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
315 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
316 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
317 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
318 symbol without a GOT entry. */
319 long max_non_got_dynindx;
322 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
323 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
324 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
329 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
332 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
335 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
338 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
339 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
341 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
342 unsigned int need_mips : 1;
344 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
345 unsigned int need_comp : 1;
348 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
349 the global hash table. */
351 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
353 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
355 /* External symbol information. */
358 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
359 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
361 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
363 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
365 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
366 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
369 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
370 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
373 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
374 being called returns a floating point value. */
375 asection *call_fp_stub;
377 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
378 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
380 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
381 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
382 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
383 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
385 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
386 is against a readonly section. */
387 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
389 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
390 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
391 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
392 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
394 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
395 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
396 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
397 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
398 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
400 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
401 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
402 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
404 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
405 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
406 la25 stub is required. */
407 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
409 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
410 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
411 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
413 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
414 unsigned int use_plt_entry : 1;
417 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
419 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
421 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
423 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
424 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
426 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
427 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
429 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
430 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
431 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
433 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
434 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
436 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
437 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
439 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
440 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
442 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
445 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
446 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
448 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
449 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
451 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
462 /* The master GOT information. */
463 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
465 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
467 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
469 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
470 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
472 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
473 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size;
475 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
476 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size;
478 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
479 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset;
481 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
482 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset;
484 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
485 bfd_vma plt_got_index;
487 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
488 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
490 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
491 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
493 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
494 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
496 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
497 See the comment above that structure for details. */
498 asection *strampoline;
500 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
504 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
505 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
506 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
507 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
509 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
511 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
513 /* Small local sym cache. */
514 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
516 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
517 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp : 1;
520 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
522 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
523 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
524 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
526 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
527 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
529 /* The usual link-wide information. */
530 struct bfd_link_info *info;
533 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
537 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
539 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
541 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
542 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
544 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
547 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
550 /* The abiflags for this object. */
551 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
552 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid;
554 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
555 struct mips_got_info *got;
557 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
558 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
559 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
560 struct mips_elf_find_line *find_line_info;
562 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
563 asection **local_stubs;
564 asection **local_call_stubs;
566 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
567 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
568 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
569 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
570 asection *elf_data_section;
571 asection *elf_text_section;
574 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
576 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
577 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
579 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
580 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
581 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
600 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
608 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
613 struct bfd_link_info *info;
614 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
615 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
619 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
621 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
624 "_procedure_string_table",
625 "_procedure_table_size",
629 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
634 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
635 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
636 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
637 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
638 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
639 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
648 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
649 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
650 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
654 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
655 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
656 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
657 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
658 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
659 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
664 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
665 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
666 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
667 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
668 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
676 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
682 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
684 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
686 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
688 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
690 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
692 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
695 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
696 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
697 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
698 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
699 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
701 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
702 has different meaning for each type:
705 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
706 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
707 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
708 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
711 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
712 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
713 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
714 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
716 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
721 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
722 loader for use by the static exception system. */
724 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
725 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
726 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
727 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
728 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
729 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
730 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
731 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
732 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
733 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
735 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
737 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
738 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
740 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
741 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
743 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
744 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
745 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
747 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
748 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
749 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
750 bfd_vma *, asection *);
751 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
752 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
754 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
755 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
757 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
758 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
759 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
760 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
761 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
763 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
764 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
765 for RM9000 for now. */
766 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
767 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
769 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
770 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
772 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
774 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
775 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
777 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
779 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
780 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
781 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
783 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
784 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
785 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
787 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
788 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
789 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
791 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
792 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
793 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
795 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
796 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
798 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
799 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
800 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
802 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
803 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
804 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
805 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
807 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
808 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
809 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
811 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
812 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
813 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
815 /* The name of the options section. */
816 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
817 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
819 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
820 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
821 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
822 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
824 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
825 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
826 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
828 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
829 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
830 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
831 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
833 /* The name of the stub section. */
834 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
836 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
837 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
838 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
840 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
841 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
842 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
844 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
845 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
846 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
848 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
849 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
850 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
852 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
853 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
854 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
856 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
857 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
858 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
860 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
861 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
862 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
864 /* Get word-sized data. */
865 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
866 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
868 /* Put out word-sized data. */
869 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
871 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
872 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
874 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
875 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
876 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
878 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
879 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
880 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
882 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
883 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
885 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
886 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
887 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
889 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
890 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
891 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
892 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
894 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
895 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
897 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
898 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
900 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
901 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
902 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
904 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
906 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
908 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
909 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
911 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
912 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
913 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
915 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
916 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
917 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
919 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
920 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
921 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
923 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
924 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
926 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
927 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
929 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
930 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
931 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
932 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
934 ? 0x581f7950 /* daddu t7,ra,zero */ \
935 : 0x001f7950) /* addu t7,ra,zero */
936 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
937 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
938 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
939 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
940 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
941 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
942 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
943 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
944 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
946 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
947 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
949 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
950 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
952 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
953 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
954 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
956 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
959 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
960 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
961 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
962 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
965 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
966 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
967 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
968 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
969 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
970 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
971 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
972 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
974 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
975 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
977 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
979 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
980 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
983 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
984 floating point arguments.
986 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
987 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
988 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
989 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
990 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
991 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
992 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
993 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
995 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
996 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
997 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
998 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
999 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1000 stub should be discarded.
1002 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1003 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1004 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1005 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1006 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1007 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1008 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1011 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1012 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1013 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1015 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1017 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1018 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1019 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1021 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1022 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1023 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1025 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1026 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1028 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1029 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1030 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1031 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1032 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1033 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1034 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1035 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1038 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1039 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1040 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1042 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1043 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1044 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1045 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1046 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1047 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1048 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1049 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1052 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1053 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1054 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1056 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1057 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1058 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1059 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1060 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1061 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1062 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1063 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1066 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1067 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1068 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1069 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1071 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1072 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1074 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1075 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1076 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1077 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1078 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1079 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1080 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1081 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1085 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1086 in the insn32 mode. */
1087 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1089 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1090 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1091 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1092 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1093 0x001f, 0x7950, /* move $15, $31 */
1094 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1095 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1096 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1099 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1100 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
1102 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1103 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1104 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1105 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1108 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1109 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1110 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1111 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry[] =
1113 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1114 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1115 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1116 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1119 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1120 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1121 directly addressable. */
1122 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1124 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1125 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1126 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1128 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1130 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1133 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1134 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1135 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1137 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1138 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1139 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1140 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1143 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1144 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1146 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1147 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1148 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1149 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1152 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1153 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1155 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1156 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1157 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1158 0x00000000, /* nop */
1159 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1160 0x00000000 /* nop */
1163 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1164 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
1166 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1167 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1168 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1169 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1170 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1171 0x00000000, /* nop */
1172 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1173 0x00000000 /* nop */
1176 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1177 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
1179 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1180 0x00000000, /* nop */
1181 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1182 0x00000000, /* nop */
1183 0x00000000, /* nop */
1184 0x00000000 /* nop */
1187 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1188 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1190 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1191 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1194 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1197 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr)
1199 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
1200 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
1203 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1206 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr)
1208 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
1211 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1213 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1214 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1215 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1218 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1220 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1221 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1223 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1226 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1227 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1229 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1230 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1233 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1235 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1236 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1238 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1242 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1244 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1245 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1247 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1250 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1252 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1253 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1254 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1256 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1257 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1259 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1262 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1264 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1266 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1267 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1268 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1272 /* Set local fields. */
1273 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1274 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1275 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1278 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1279 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1280 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1281 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1282 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1283 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1284 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1285 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1286 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1287 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1288 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1289 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1290 ret->use_plt_entry = FALSE;
1293 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1296 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1299 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1301 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata),
1306 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1308 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1310 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1311 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1313 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1316 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1319 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1322 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1323 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1326 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1327 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1330 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1333 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1334 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1336 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1337 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1340 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1341 swap->external_hdr_size))
1344 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1345 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1347 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1349 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1350 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1351 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1354 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1355 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1356 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1357 goto error_return; \
1358 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1359 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1360 goto error_return; \
1363 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1364 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1365 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1366 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1367 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1368 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1370 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1371 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1372 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1373 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1374 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1382 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1384 if (debug->line != NULL)
1386 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1387 free (debug->external_dnr);
1388 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1389 free (debug->external_pdr);
1390 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1391 free (debug->external_sym);
1392 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1393 free (debug->external_opt);
1394 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1395 free (debug->external_aux);
1396 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1398 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1399 free (debug->ssext);
1400 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1401 free (debug->external_fdr);
1402 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1403 free (debug->external_rfd);
1404 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1405 free (debug->external_ext);
1409 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1412 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1414 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1415 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1417 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1418 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1421 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1422 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1424 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1427 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1430 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1431 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1432 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1434 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1435 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1437 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1439 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1440 struct sym_ext *esym;
1444 bfd_size_type count;
1445 unsigned long sindex;
1449 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1457 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1459 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1460 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1463 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1465 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1469 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1472 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1473 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1477 size = sizeof (char *);
1478 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1482 count = hdr->isymMax;
1483 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1484 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1488 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1491 count = hdr->issMax;
1492 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1495 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1498 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1499 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1501 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1502 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1503 rp->adr = sym.value;
1504 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1505 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1506 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1507 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1508 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1509 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1510 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1512 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1513 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1517 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1518 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1519 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1522 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1526 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1529 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1531 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1532 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1533 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1534 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1536 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1537 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1538 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1540 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1542 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1544 s->contents = rtproc;
1546 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1547 matters, but someday it might). */
1548 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1577 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1578 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1581 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1582 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1583 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1586 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1587 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1590 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
1593 /* Create a new symbol. */
1594 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1596 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1597 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1601 /* Make it a local function. */
1602 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1603 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1605 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1609 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1610 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1614 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1615 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1618 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1619 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1624 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1625 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1626 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1627 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1628 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1630 /* Create a new symbol. */
1631 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1633 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1634 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1638 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1639 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1640 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1641 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1642 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1643 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1647 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1648 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1651 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1655 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1656 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1657 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1658 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1659 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1662 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1663 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1664 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1666 static unsigned long
1667 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1668 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1669 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1672 int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1675 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1676 one in a compound relocation. */
1677 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel)
1678 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1679 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1681 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1682 the traditional behavior. */
1683 if (relocs < relend)
1684 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1689 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1693 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1694 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1696 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1697 objects try to call them. */
1698 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1699 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1701 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1702 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1705 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1706 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1708 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1709 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1710 being included in the link. */
1711 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1712 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1713 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1714 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1717 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1718 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1720 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1721 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1722 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1723 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1724 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1725 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1726 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1729 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1730 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1732 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1733 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1734 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1735 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1736 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1737 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1738 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1742 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1745 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1747 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1749 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1750 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1751 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1755 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1757 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1759 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1760 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1761 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1762 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1763 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1764 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1767 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1768 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1772 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1773 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1776 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1778 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1782 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1783 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1784 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1785 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1791 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1792 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1793 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1794 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1795 entry points are of interest here. */
1798 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1800 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1801 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1802 && h->root.def_regular
1803 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1804 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1805 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1806 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1807 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1810 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1811 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1814 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1817 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1819 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1820 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1825 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1826 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1830 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1831 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1832 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1835 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1836 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1838 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1840 asection *s, *input_section;
1843 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1847 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1848 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1851 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1853 /* Create the section. */
1854 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1855 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1856 input_section->output_section);
1860 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1861 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1862 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1865 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1867 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1868 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1869 stub->stub_section = s;
1870 stub->offset = s->size;
1872 /* Allocate room for it. */
1877 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1878 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1879 the function symbol to it. */
1882 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1883 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1885 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1888 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1892 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1893 s = htab->strampoline;
1896 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1897 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1898 input_section->output_section);
1899 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1901 htab->strampoline = s;
1904 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1905 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1906 stub->stub_section = s;
1907 stub->offset = s->size;
1909 /* Allocate room for it. */
1914 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1915 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1918 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1919 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1921 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1922 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1923 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1928 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1929 search.stub_section = NULL;
1933 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1934 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1938 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1942 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1945 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1946 h->la25_stub = stub;
1950 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1951 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1957 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1958 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1959 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1960 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1962 h->la25_stub = stub;
1963 return (use_trampoline_p
1964 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1965 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1968 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1969 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1972 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1974 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1976 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1977 if (!hti->info->relocatable)
1978 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1980 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1982 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1983 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1984 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1987 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1988 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1989 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1990 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1992 if (hti->info->relocatable)
1994 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1995 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
1997 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
2006 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2007 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2010 The format of these instructions is:
2012 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2013 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2014 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2016 +-----------------------------------------------+
2018 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2019 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2021 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2022 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2023 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2024 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2025 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2026 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2027 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2028 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2029 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2030 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2033 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2034 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2035 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2036 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2037 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2038 value as two 16-bit values.
2040 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2044 +--------+----------------------+
2048 +--------+----------------------+
2051 +----------+------+-------------+
2055 +----------+--------------------+
2056 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2057 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2059 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2060 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2061 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2062 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2063 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2065 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2066 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2067 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2070 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2071 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2072 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2073 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2074 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2076 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2078 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2079 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2080 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2081 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2082 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2084 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2087 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2088 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2089 little-endian system. */
2091 static inline bfd_boolean
2092 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2097 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
2098 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
2099 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
2102 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
2103 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
2104 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
2105 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
2106 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
2107 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
2108 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
2116 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2118 static inline bfd_boolean
2119 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2121 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
2124 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2125 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2126 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2128 static inline bfd_boolean
2129 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
2131 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
2132 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2133 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
2136 static inline bfd_boolean
2137 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2139 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
2140 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
2141 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
2144 static inline bfd_boolean
2145 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2147 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
2148 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
2149 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
2152 static inline bfd_boolean
2153 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2155 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
2158 static inline bfd_boolean
2159 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2161 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
2164 static inline bfd_boolean
2165 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2167 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST;
2170 static inline bfd_boolean
2171 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2173 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16;
2176 static inline bfd_boolean
2177 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2179 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
2182 static inline bfd_boolean
2183 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2185 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
2188 static inline bfd_boolean
2189 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2191 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
2194 static inline bfd_boolean
2195 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2197 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
2198 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
2199 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2200 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16);
2203 static inline bfd_boolean
2204 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2206 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
2207 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
2208 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2209 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCLO16);
2212 static inline bfd_boolean
2213 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
2215 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
2218 static inline bfd_boolean
2219 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
2221 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2222 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2223 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2226 static inline bfd_boolean
2227 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type)
2229 return (r_type == R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2230 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC19_S2);
2233 static inline bfd_boolean
2234 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2236 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2237 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2245 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2246 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2247 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
2250 static inline bfd_boolean
2251 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2253 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2254 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2255 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
2258 static inline bfd_boolean
2259 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2261 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2262 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2263 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
2267 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2268 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2270 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2272 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2275 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2276 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2277 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2278 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2279 val = first << 16 | second;
2280 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2281 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2282 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2284 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2285 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2286 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2290 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2291 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2293 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2295 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2298 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2299 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2301 second = val & 0xffff;
2304 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2306 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2307 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2311 second = val & 0xffff;
2312 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2313 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2315 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2316 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2319 bfd_reloc_status_type
2320 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2321 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2322 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2326 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2328 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2331 relocation = symbol->value;
2333 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2334 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2336 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2337 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2339 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2340 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2342 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2344 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2345 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2346 an external symbol. */
2348 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2349 val += relocation - gp;
2351 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2353 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2355 + reloc_entry->address);
2356 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2360 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2363 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2365 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2368 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2369 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2370 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2375 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2377 asection *input_section;
2381 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2383 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2385 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2386 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2387 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2389 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2390 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2391 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2392 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2394 bfd_reloc_status_type
2395 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2396 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2397 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2398 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2400 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2402 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2403 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2405 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2407 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2409 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2411 n->input_section = input_section;
2412 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2415 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2416 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2418 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2421 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2422 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2423 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2425 bfd_reloc_status_type
2426 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2427 void *data, asection *input_section,
2428 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2430 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2431 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2432 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2433 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2434 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2435 input_section, output_bfd,
2438 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2439 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2442 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2443 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2444 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2446 bfd_reloc_status_type
2447 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2448 void *data, asection *input_section,
2449 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2452 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2454 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2455 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2457 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2459 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2460 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2463 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2465 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2466 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2468 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2470 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2471 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2472 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2473 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2474 has a rightshift of 0. */
2475 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2476 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2477 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2478 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2479 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2480 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2482 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2483 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2484 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2486 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2487 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2489 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2492 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2496 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2497 input_section, output_bfd,
2501 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2502 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2503 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2505 bfd_reloc_status_type
2506 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2507 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2508 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2509 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2512 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2513 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2515 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2517 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2518 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2520 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2522 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2524 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2525 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2526 offset or address. */
2527 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2528 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2533 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2534 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2535 val += symbol->value;
2536 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2538 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2539 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2540 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2544 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2545 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2546 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2547 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2548 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2549 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2552 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2554 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2555 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2557 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2558 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2560 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2562 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2565 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2570 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2572 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2575 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2576 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2579 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2582 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2583 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2587 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2588 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2590 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2591 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2595 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2596 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2598 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2599 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2600 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2601 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2602 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2603 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2607 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2608 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2612 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2613 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2614 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2615 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2616 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2617 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2618 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2621 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2622 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2623 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2626 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2629 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2630 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2631 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2632 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2633 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2634 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2638 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2639 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2641 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2642 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2643 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2644 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2645 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2646 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2649 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2650 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2651 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2652 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2653 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2656 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2657 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2659 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2660 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2661 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2662 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2663 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2664 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2665 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2669 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2670 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2672 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2678 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2681 /* Swap in an options header. */
2684 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2685 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2687 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2688 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2689 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2690 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2693 /* Swap out an options header. */
2696 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2697 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2699 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2700 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2701 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2705 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2708 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd *abfd,
2709 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex,
2710 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in)
2712 in->version = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->version);
2713 in->isa_level = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_level);
2714 in->isa_rev = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_rev);
2715 in->gpr_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->gpr_size);
2716 in->cpr1_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr1_size);
2717 in->cpr2_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr2_size);
2718 in->fp_abi = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->fp_abi);
2719 in->isa_ext = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->isa_ext);
2720 in->ases = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ases);
2721 in->flags1 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags1);
2722 in->flags2 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags2);
2725 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2728 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd *abfd,
2729 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in,
2730 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex)
2732 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->version, ex->version);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_level, ex->isa_level);
2734 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_rev, ex->isa_rev);
2735 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->gpr_size, ex->gpr_size);
2736 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr1_size, ex->cpr1_size);
2737 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr2_size, ex->cpr2_size);
2738 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->fp_abi, ex->fp_abi);
2739 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->isa_ext, ex->isa_ext);
2740 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ases, ex->ases);
2741 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags1, ex->flags1);
2742 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags2, ex->flags2);
2745 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2746 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2749 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2751 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2752 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2755 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2756 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2758 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2762 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2764 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2769 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2772 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2773 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2776 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2777 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2779 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2780 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2781 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2782 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2784 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2786 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2789 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2791 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2800 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2801 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2802 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2803 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2804 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2805 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2806 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2807 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2808 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2809 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2810 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2811 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2812 when generating a final executable. */
2815 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2817 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2819 asection *sec, *output_section;
2821 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2823 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2824 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2825 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2826 && !h->root.def_regular
2827 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2829 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2830 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2831 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2832 h->root.root.root.string,
2833 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2841 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2844 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2845 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2846 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2847 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2848 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2849 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2851 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2852 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2856 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2858 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2859 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2860 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2862 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2863 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2864 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2866 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2868 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2869 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2870 h->esym.asym.value =
2871 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2873 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2875 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2876 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2877 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2880 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2882 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2883 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2884 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2889 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2890 output_section = sec->output_section;
2892 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2893 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2894 if (output_section == NULL)
2895 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2898 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2900 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2901 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2902 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2903 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2904 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2905 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2906 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2907 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2908 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2909 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2910 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2911 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2912 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2913 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2914 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2915 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2916 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2918 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2922 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2923 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2926 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2927 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2928 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2929 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2931 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2932 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2933 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2934 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2936 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2937 output_section = sec->output_section;
2938 if (output_section != NULL)
2939 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2940 + sec->output_offset
2941 + output_section->vma);
2943 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2947 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2949 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2950 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2952 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2954 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist != NULL);
2955 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE);
2956 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2957 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2958 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2960 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2963 output_section = sec->output_section;
2964 if (output_section != NULL)
2965 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset
2966 + sec->output_offset
2967 + output_section->vma);
2969 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2974 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2975 h->root.root.root.string,
2978 einfo->failed = TRUE;
2985 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2988 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2990 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2991 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2993 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2996 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2998 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3001 static INLINE hashval_t
3002 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
3005 return addr + (addr >> 32);
3012 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3014 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
3016 return (entry->symndx
3017 + ((entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM) << 18)
3018 + (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? 0
3019 : !entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
3020 : entry->symndx >= 0 ? (entry->abfd->id
3021 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
3022 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
3026 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
3028 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
3029 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
3031 return (e1->symndx == e2->symndx
3032 && e1->tls_type == e2->tls_type
3033 && (e1->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? TRUE
3034 : !e1->abfd ? !e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
3035 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? (e1->abfd == e2->abfd
3036 && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend)
3037 : e2->abfd && e1->d.h == e2->d.h));
3041 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_)
3043 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
3045 ref = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref_;
3046 return ((ref->symndx >= 0
3047 ? (hashval_t) (ref->u.abfd->id + ref->symndx)
3048 : ref->u.h->root.root.root.hash)
3049 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref->addend));
3053 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_, const void *ref2_)
3055 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref1, *ref2;
3057 ref1 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref1_;
3058 ref2 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref2_;
3059 return (ref1->symndx == ref2->symndx
3060 && (ref1->symndx < 0
3061 ? ref1->u.h == ref2->u.h
3062 : ref1->u.abfd == ref2->u.abfd)
3063 && ref1->addend == ref2->addend);
3067 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3069 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
3071 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
3072 return entry->sec->id;
3076 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
3078 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
3080 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
3081 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
3082 return entry1->sec == entry2->sec;
3085 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3087 static struct mips_got_info *
3088 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd *abfd)
3090 struct mips_got_info *g;
3092 g = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
3096 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3097 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3098 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3101 g->got_page_refs = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash,
3102 mips_got_page_ref_eq, NULL);
3103 if (g->got_page_refs == NULL)
3109 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3110 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3112 static struct mips_got_info *
3113 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean create_p)
3115 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3117 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd))
3120 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3121 if (!tdata->got && create_p)
3122 tdata->got = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
3126 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3129 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g)
3131 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3133 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd));
3134 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3137 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3138 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3139 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_entries);
3140 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_refs);
3141 if (tdata->got->got_page_entries)
3142 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_entries);
3147 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3148 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3149 if creation fails. */
3152 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
3158 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
3159 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3160 sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname);
3161 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
3163 sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
3168 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3171 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
3172 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
3178 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3181 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type)
3183 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3186 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3189 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3192 return GOT_TLS_NONE;
3195 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3198 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type)
3215 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3216 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3220 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
3221 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3224 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3225 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3227 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
3228 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
3231 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
3233 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3234 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3243 return indx != 0 ? 2 : 1;
3249 return info->shared ? 1 : 0;
3256 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3260 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3261 struct mips_got_info *g,
3262 struct mips_got_entry *entry)
3264 if (entry->tls_type)
3266 g->tls_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
3267 g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (info, entry->tls_type,
3269 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
3271 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
3272 g->local_gotno += 1;
3274 g->global_gotno += 1;
3277 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3280 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3282 unsigned long reloc_index,
3287 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
3289 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
3291 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
3292 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
3294 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3296 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3297 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3299 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3302 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3303 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3305 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3308 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3311 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3312 struct mips_got_entry *entry,
3313 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3316 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3318 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
3319 bfd_vma got_offset, got_offset2;
3320 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3322 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3331 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3333 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
3334 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3335 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3338 if (entry->tls_initialized)
3341 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
3343 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3344 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3347 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3348 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3349 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3350 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3351 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3353 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3354 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3355 got_offset = entry->gotidx;
3357 switch (entry->tls_type)
3360 /* General Dynamic. */
3361 got_offset2 = got_offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3365 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3366 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3367 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3368 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3371 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3372 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3373 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3374 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset2);
3376 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3377 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3381 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3382 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3383 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3384 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3389 /* Initial Exec model. */
3393 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3394 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3396 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3397 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3399 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3400 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3401 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3402 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3405 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3406 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3410 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3411 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3412 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3413 sgot->contents + got_offset
3414 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3417 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3418 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3420 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3421 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3422 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3423 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3430 entry->tls_initialized = TRUE;
3433 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3434 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3435 will be negative. */
3438 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3439 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3441 bfd_vma got_address, got_value;
3442 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3444 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3445 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3447 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist != NULL);
3448 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
3450 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3451 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3452 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3453 + (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index
3454 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info->output_bfd)));
3456 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3457 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3458 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3459 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3461 return got_address - got_value;
3464 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3465 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3466 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3467 offset can be found. */
3470 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3471 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3472 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3474 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3475 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3477 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3478 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3480 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3481 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3485 if (entry->tls_type)
3486 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, info, entry, h, value);
3487 return entry->gotidx;
3490 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3493 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3494 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3496 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3497 long global_got_dynindx;
3498 struct mips_got_info *g;
3501 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3502 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3504 global_got_dynindx = 0;
3505 if (htab->global_gotsym != NULL)
3506 global_got_dynindx = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3508 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3509 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3510 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3512 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3513 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE);
3514 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3515 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd));
3516 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3521 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3522 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3525 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *ibfd,
3526 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3529 struct mips_got_info *g;
3530 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3533 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3534 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3536 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3539 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3540 if (!lookup.tls_type && g == mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE))
3541 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd, info, h);
3545 lookup.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3546 entry = htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3549 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3550 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size);
3552 if (lookup.tls_type)
3554 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3556 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3557 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3558 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3559 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3560 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3561 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3563 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd, info, entry, lookup.d.h, value);
3568 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3569 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3570 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3571 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3572 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3575 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3576 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3578 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3579 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3581 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3582 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3583 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3588 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3591 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3596 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3597 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3598 symbol that binds locally. */
3601 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3602 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3604 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3606 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3607 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3608 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3609 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3611 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3613 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3614 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3615 same in all cases. */
3616 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3617 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3619 return entry->gotidx;
3624 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3628 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3629 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3631 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3635 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3636 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3639 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3640 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3642 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3645 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3646 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3647 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3650 static struct mips_got_entry *
3651 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3652 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3653 unsigned long r_symndx,
3654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3657 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3659 struct mips_got_info *g;
3660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3663 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3664 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3666 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3669 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, FALSE);
3670 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3673 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3675 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3677 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3678 if (lookup.tls_type)
3681 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3684 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3688 lookup.symndx = r_symndx;
3689 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3697 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3700 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3701 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size);
3708 lookup.d.address = value;
3709 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3713 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3717 if (g->assigned_low_gotno > g->assigned_high_gotno)
3719 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3720 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3721 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3726 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3730 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
3731 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)
3732 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type)
3733 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type))
3734 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_low_gotno++;
3736 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_high_gotno--;
3741 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value, htab->sgot->contents + entry->gotidx);
3743 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3744 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3746 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3749 bfd_vma got_address;
3751 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3752 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3753 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3756 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3757 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3758 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3759 outrel.r_addend = value;
3760 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3766 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3767 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3768 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3769 the current linking stage. */
3771 static bfd_size_type
3772 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3774 bfd_size_type count;
3777 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3780 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3782 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3783 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3784 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3785 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3786 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3792 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3793 appear towards the end. */
3796 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3798 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3799 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3800 struct mips_got_info *g;
3802 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3805 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3806 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3813 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3814 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3815 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3816 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3817 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3818 elf_hash_table (info)),
3819 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3822 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3823 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3824 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3825 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3826 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3827 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3828 == g->global_gotno);
3830 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3831 table index in the GOT. */
3832 htab->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3837 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3838 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3842 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3844 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3846 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3848 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3851 switch (h->global_got_area)
3854 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3858 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3859 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3862 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3863 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3864 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3865 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3872 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3873 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3874 hash table directly). */
3877 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3878 struct mips_got_entry *lookup)
3880 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3881 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3882 struct mips_got_info *g;
3883 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
3885 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3886 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3888 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3892 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3893 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3896 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3900 lookup->tls_initialized = FALSE;
3901 lookup->gotidx = -1;
3906 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3907 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
3911 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3920 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3921 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3922 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3925 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3926 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3927 bfd_boolean for_call, int r_type)
3929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3930 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3931 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3932 unsigned char tls_type;
3934 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3935 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3937 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3939 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3941 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3943 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3945 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3949 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3952 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3956 tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3957 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE && hmips->global_got_area > GGA_NORMAL)
3958 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3962 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3963 entry.tls_type = tls_type;
3964 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
3967 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3968 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3971 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3972 struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type)
3974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3975 struct mips_got_info *g;
3976 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3978 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3979 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3982 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3985 entry.symndx = symndx;
3986 entry.d.addend = addend;
3987 entry.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3988 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
3991 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
3992 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
3996 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3997 long symndx, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3998 bfd_signed_vma addend)
4000 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4001 struct mips_got_info *g1, *g2;
4002 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup, *entry;
4003 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
4005 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4006 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4008 g1 = htab->got_info;
4009 BFD_ASSERT (g1 != NULL);
4014 lookup.u.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4018 lookup.symndx = symndx;
4019 lookup.u.abfd = abfd;
4021 lookup.addend = addend;
4022 loc = htab_find_slot (g1->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4026 entry = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *loc;
4029 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4037 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4038 g2 = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
4042 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g2->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4052 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4055 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4059 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4061 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4062 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4064 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4065 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4067 if (htab->is_vxworks)
4068 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
4073 /* Make room for a null element. */
4074 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4077 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4081 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4082 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4083 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4084 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4087 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4089 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4090 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4092 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4093 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4094 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
4096 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4099 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4106 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4110 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4111 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4112 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4113 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4116 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4118 struct mips_got_entry new_entry, *entry;
4119 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4122 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4123 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4124 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4125 && entry->symndx == -1
4126 && (entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4127 || entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
4129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4136 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
4137 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
4139 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4140 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning);
4143 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4151 if (entry == &new_entry)
4153 entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4162 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4167 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4170 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
4172 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4175 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4178 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg,
4179 asection *sec, bfd_signed_vma addend)
4181 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4182 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
4183 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
4184 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
4187 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4189 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
4193 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4194 seen the section. */
4195 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
4198 entry = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*entry));
4206 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4208 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
4209 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
4210 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
4212 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4213 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4214 a new singleton range. */
4216 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
4218 range = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*range));
4222 range->next = *range_ptr;
4223 range->min_addend = addend;
4224 range->max_addend = addend;
4232 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4233 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4235 /* Update the ranges. */
4236 if (addend < range->min_addend)
4237 range->min_addend = addend;
4238 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
4240 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
4242 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
4243 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
4244 range->next = range->next->next;
4247 range->max_addend = addend;
4250 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4251 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4252 if (old_pages != new_pages)
4254 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
4255 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
4261 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4262 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4263 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4264 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4267 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp, void *data)
4269 struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
4270 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4271 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4275 ref = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *refp;
4276 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4277 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (arg->info);
4279 if (ref->symndx < 0)
4281 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4283 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4285 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg->info, &h->root))
4288 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4290 if (!((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4291 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4292 && h->root.root.u.def.section))
4295 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
4296 addend = h->root.root.u.def.value + ref->addend;
4300 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
4302 /* Read in the symbol. */
4303 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, ref->u.abfd,
4311 /* Get the associated input section. */
4312 sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref->u.abfd, isym->st_shndx);
4319 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4320 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4321 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4322 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4323 if (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4327 secinfo = elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info;
4328 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4329 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4330 isym->st_value + ref->addend);
4332 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4333 isym->st_value) + ref->addend;
4336 addend = isym->st_value + ref->addend;
4338 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg, sec, addend))
4346 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4347 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4348 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4349 that they require. */
4352 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4353 struct mips_got_info *g)
4355 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4356 struct mips_got_info oldg;
4363 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &tga);
4367 g->got_entries = htab_create (htab_size (oldg.got_entries),
4368 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4369 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4370 if (!g->got_entries)
4373 htab_traverse (oldg.got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &tga);
4377 htab_delete (oldg.got_entries);
4380 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4381 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4382 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4387 htab_traverse (g->got_page_refs, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref, &tga);
4392 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4396 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4397 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4399 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4400 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4401 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4402 symbols later if appropriate. */
4403 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
4406 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4407 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4408 if (h->got_only_for_calls
4409 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4410 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
4413 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4414 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4415 the local rather than global GOT. */
4416 if (info->executable && h->has_static_relocs)
4422 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4423 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4424 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4425 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4426 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4429 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
4431 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4432 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4433 struct mips_got_info *g;
4435 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4436 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4438 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4440 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4441 local or global GOT. */
4442 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info, h))
4443 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4444 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4445 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4446 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4447 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4448 && h->got_only_for_calls
4449 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4450 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4451 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4452 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4453 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4454 else if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4456 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4463 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4464 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4467 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4469 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4470 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4473 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4474 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4475 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4484 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4489 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4490 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4493 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4495 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
4496 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4499 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4500 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4501 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4510 arg->g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4515 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4516 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4517 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4518 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4522 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *from,
4523 struct mips_got_info *to,
4524 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4526 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4527 unsigned int estimate;
4529 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4530 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4531 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4532 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4534 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4536 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4537 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4539 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4540 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4541 conservatively as well. */
4542 if (to == arg->primary && from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno)
4543 estimate += arg->global_count;
4545 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4547 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4548 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4551 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4552 tga.info = arg->info;
4554 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_add_got_entry, &tga);
4558 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry, &tga);
4562 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, to);
4566 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4567 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4568 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4569 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4570 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4571 and then make make the new got current. */
4574 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g,
4575 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4577 unsigned int estimate;
4580 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg->info, g))
4583 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4584 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4585 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4586 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4587 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4589 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4590 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4591 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4592 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4593 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4595 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4597 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4598 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4605 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4606 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->primary, arg);
4611 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4614 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->current, arg);
4619 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4620 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4621 overflows anyway. */
4622 g->next = arg->current;
4628 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4629 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4630 an index in a different GOT. */
4633 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp, long gotidx)
4635 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4637 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4638 if (entry->gotidx > 0)
4640 struct mips_got_entry *new_entry;
4642 new_entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4646 *new_entry = *entry;
4647 *entryp = new_entry;
4650 entry->gotidx = gotidx;
4654 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4655 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4656 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4659 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *data)
4661 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4662 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4664 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4665 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4666 if (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE)
4669 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4670 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno))
4676 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4677 arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
4681 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4682 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4683 symbol to DATA->value. */
4686 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp, void *data)
4688 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4689 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4691 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4692 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4693 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4694 && entry->symndx == -1
4695 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4696 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4700 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4701 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4702 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4703 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4706 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp, void *data)
4708 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4709 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4711 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4712 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4713 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4714 && entry->symndx == -1
4715 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4717 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->assigned_low_gotno))
4722 arg->g->assigned_low_gotno += 1;
4724 if (arg->info->shared
4725 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4726 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4727 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4728 arg->g->relocs += 1;
4734 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4735 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4736 lazy-binding stubs. */
4739 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4741 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4743 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4745 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4746 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4747 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4748 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4750 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4751 && entry->symndx == -1
4752 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4754 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4755 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4761 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4764 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4769 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4773 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4777 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4778 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4781 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4782 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4785 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4786 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4788 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4789 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4790 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4791 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4792 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4795 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4796 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4797 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4801 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4802 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4803 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4804 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4805 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4806 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4807 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4808 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4809 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4810 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4812 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4814 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4815 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4816 to be the primary GOT. */
4817 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4819 gg = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4820 if (gg && !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd, gg, &got_per_bfd_arg))
4824 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4825 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4826 g->next = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
4828 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4829 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4831 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4835 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4836 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4837 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4838 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4840 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, g);
4842 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4843 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4844 those that are actually referenced. */
4845 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4846 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4849 tga.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4850 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4851 tga.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4852 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4854 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4855 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4856 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4857 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4858 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4859 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4860 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4861 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4862 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4863 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4864 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4865 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4866 points back to the master GOT. */
4867 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4868 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4875 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4877 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4878 g->assigned_low_gotno = assign;
4879 g->local_gotno += assign;
4880 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4881 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
4882 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4884 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4885 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4886 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4891 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4892 all non-TLS entries. */
4893 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4895 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4896 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
4899 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno == assign);
4901 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4904 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4905 lazy-binding stubs. */
4907 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4911 got->size = assign * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4914 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4916 unsigned int save_assign;
4918 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4919 relocations they need. */
4920 save_assign = g->assigned_low_gotno;
4921 g->assigned_low_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4923 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4925 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx, &tga);
4928 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno);
4929 g->assigned_low_gotno = save_assign;
4933 g->relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_low_gotno;
4934 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4935 + g->next->global_gotno
4936 + g->next->tls_gotno
4937 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4939 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4941 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4944 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4951 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4952 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4954 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4955 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4956 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4957 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4959 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4961 while (relocation < relend)
4963 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4964 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4970 /* We didn't find it. */
4974 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4977 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4978 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4979 asection **local_sections)
4981 unsigned long r_symndx;
4982 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4985 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4986 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4987 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4989 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4991 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4997 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5000 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
5002 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
5003 /* VALUE is negative. */
5004 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
5009 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5010 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5014 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
5016 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
5018 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
5019 /* The value is too big. */
5021 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
5022 /* The value is too small. */
5029 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5032 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
5034 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5037 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5040 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5043 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5050 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5053 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5056 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5063 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5066 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5067 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5070 register asection *s;
5072 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
5074 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5077 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
5079 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
5080 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
5083 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
5089 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5092 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5095 register asection *s;
5096 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5097 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
5098 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5100 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5101 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5103 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5107 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
5108 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5110 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5111 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5112 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
5114 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
5118 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5119 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5120 are not creating a global offset table. */
5122 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5123 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
5124 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5127 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5130 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5131 h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
5132 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
5135 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5138 htab->got_info = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
5139 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
5140 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5142 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5143 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
5144 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
5147 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5155 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5156 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5157 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5160 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5162 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
5164 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5165 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5168 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5169 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5170 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5174 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
5175 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5177 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5178 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5179 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5180 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5181 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5182 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
5189 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
5190 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
5191 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5192 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5193 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5194 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5195 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5199 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
5206 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5207 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5208 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5210 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5211 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5212 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5214 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5215 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5216 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5217 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5219 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5220 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
5221 asection *input_section,
5222 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5223 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5224 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
5225 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
5226 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
5228 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
5229 bfd_boolean save_addend)
5231 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5233 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5236 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5237 shared object file being produced. */
5239 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5242 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5244 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5245 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5246 during execution. */
5247 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5248 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5250 asection *sec = NULL;
5251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5252 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5254 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5255 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5256 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5257 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5258 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5259 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5260 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5262 unsigned long r_symndx;
5264 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5265 relocation value. */
5266 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5267 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5268 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5269 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5270 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5273 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5274 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5275 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5277 /* Parse the relocation. */
5278 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5279 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5280 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5281 + input_section->output_offset
5282 + relocation->r_offset);
5284 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5285 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5287 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5288 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5289 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5290 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5292 was_local_p = local_p;
5293 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5294 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5297 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5298 must come before globals. */
5302 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5305 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5307 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5308 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5310 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5311 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
5312 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5313 symbol += sym->st_value;
5314 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
5315 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
5317 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5319 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5322 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5323 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5326 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5327 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5328 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5331 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5333 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5334 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5338 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5340 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5341 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5342 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5343 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5344 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5345 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5346 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5348 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5349 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5351 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5352 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5353 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5354 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5356 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5357 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5358 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5359 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5363 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5364 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5365 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5366 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5369 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5370 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5371 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5373 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5374 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5375 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5377 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5378 if (sec->output_section)
5379 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5380 + sec->output_section->vma
5381 + sec->output_offset);
5383 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5385 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5386 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5387 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5388 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5391 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5392 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5394 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5395 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5397 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5398 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5399 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5400 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5401 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5403 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
5404 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5407 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5409 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5410 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5411 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5412 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5413 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5414 which is available from here:
5415 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5418 else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5419 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5420 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5421 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5422 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5424 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5428 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5431 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5432 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other);
5435 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5436 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5438 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5440 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5441 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5443 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5444 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5445 && !info->relocatable
5447 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5448 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5450 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5451 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5452 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5454 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5455 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5459 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5464 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5467 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5468 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5469 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5470 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5479 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5480 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5481 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5483 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5484 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5485 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5486 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5487 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
5488 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5490 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5491 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5492 && ((h != NULL && h->use_plt_entry) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5495 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5498 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5499 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5501 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5506 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5508 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5510 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5517 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5520 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5523 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5524 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5526 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5528 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5529 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5530 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5531 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5532 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5533 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5534 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5535 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5536 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5537 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5539 else if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
5540 && !info->relocatable
5543 && h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE
5544 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
5546 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
5549 symbol = (sec->output_section->vma
5550 + sec->output_offset
5551 + htab->plt_header_size
5552 + htab->plt_mips_offset
5553 + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset
5556 target_is_16_bit_code_p = !micromips_p;
5557 target_is_micromips_code_p = micromips_p;
5560 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5561 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5562 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5564 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5565 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5566 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5569 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5570 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5571 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5572 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5573 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5575 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable
5576 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5577 && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5578 || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5579 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5580 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5581 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5582 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5584 local_p = (h == NULL || mips_use_local_got_p (info, h));
5586 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5587 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5589 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5594 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5595 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5596 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5597 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5599 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5600 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5604 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5605 to need it, get it now. */
5608 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5609 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5612 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5613 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5614 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5615 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5616 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5617 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5618 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5619 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5620 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5621 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5622 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5623 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5625 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5626 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5627 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5628 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5629 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5630 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5631 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5632 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5633 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5634 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5636 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5637 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5639 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5643 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5644 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5645 if (htab->is_vxworks
5646 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5647 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5648 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5650 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5651 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5652 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5656 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5657 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, info, input_bfd,
5659 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)
5660 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5661 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5662 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5665 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5666 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5667 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5671 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5672 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5674 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5677 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5678 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5682 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5683 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5684 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5686 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5690 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5691 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5693 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5694 + input_section->output_offset
5695 + relocation->r_offset);
5696 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5697 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5698 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5700 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5701 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5703 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5704 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5707 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5710 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5714 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5717 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5718 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5719 value = symbol + addend;
5720 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5727 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5729 && h->root.def_dynamic
5730 && !h->root.def_regular
5731 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5732 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5734 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5735 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5736 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5738 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5739 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5740 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5741 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5742 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5743 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5745 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5753 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5757 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5758 value = symbol + addend;
5762 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5766 value = symbol + addend - p;
5767 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5771 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5772 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5773 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5774 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5775 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5777 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5781 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5782 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5783 if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
5784 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5786 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5787 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5790 value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
5791 else if (howto->partial_inplace)
5792 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5795 value = (value + symbol) >> shift;
5796 if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5797 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5798 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5802 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5803 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5804 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5805 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5809 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5810 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5811 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5812 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5813 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5814 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5817 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5818 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5819 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5820 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5824 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5825 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5826 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5827 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5828 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5829 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5834 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5837 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5838 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5842 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5843 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5844 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5848 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5849 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5850 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5851 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5852 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5853 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5854 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5855 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5856 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5857 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5858 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5860 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5861 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5867 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5868 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5870 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5873 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5874 for this conditional. */
5875 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5876 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5877 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5878 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5879 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5881 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5882 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5883 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5884 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5885 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5888 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5889 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5892 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5893 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5894 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5895 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5896 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5897 not check for overflow here. */
5901 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5903 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5904 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5905 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5910 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5911 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5912 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5913 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5914 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5915 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5916 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5917 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5918 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5919 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5920 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5921 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5922 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5923 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5924 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5925 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5926 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5927 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5931 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5934 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5935 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5938 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5939 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5940 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5941 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5942 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5944 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5945 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
5946 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5947 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5949 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5950 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5957 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5958 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5959 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5960 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5961 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5962 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5963 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5964 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5965 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5966 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5968 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5971 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5972 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5974 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5978 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5979 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5980 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18);
5982 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
5983 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5985 value = symbol + addend - p;
5986 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5987 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5988 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5991 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
5992 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5993 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 23);
5995 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
5996 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5998 value = symbol + addend - p;
5999 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 23);
6000 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6001 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6004 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
6005 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6006 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28);
6008 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6009 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6011 value = symbol + addend - p;
6012 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 28);
6013 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6014 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6017 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3:
6018 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6019 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6021 if ((symbol + addend) & 7)
6022 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6024 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 7) ^ 7);
6025 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6026 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6027 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6030 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2:
6031 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6032 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6034 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6035 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6037 value = symbol + addend - p;
6038 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6039 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6040 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6044 value = mips_elf_high (symbol + addend - p);
6045 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6046 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6050 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6051 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
6052 value = symbol + addend - p;
6053 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6056 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
6057 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6058 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8);
6059 value = symbol + addend - p;
6060 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
6061 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6062 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6065 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
6066 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6067 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11);
6068 value = symbol + addend - p;
6069 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
6070 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6071 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6074 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
6075 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6076 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17);
6077 value = symbol + addend - p;
6078 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
6079 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6080 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6083 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
6084 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6085 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25);
6086 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
6087 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
6088 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6089 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6092 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
6093 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6094 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
6095 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
6096 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6097 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6098 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6100 value = mips_elf_high (value);
6101 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6104 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
6105 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6106 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
6107 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
6108 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
6111 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6112 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6113 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
6114 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
6115 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6116 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
6117 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6120 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
6121 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
6123 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
6126 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6130 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
6131 value = symbol - addend;
6132 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6136 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
6137 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
6138 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6141 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
6142 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
6143 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
6144 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6147 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
6148 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
6149 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
6150 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6154 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
6155 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6156 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6157 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6158 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6159 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6160 value = symbol + addend;
6164 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6165 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
6166 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6167 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6170 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6171 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
6174 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6176 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
6179 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6182 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
6183 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6184 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
6187 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6189 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6190 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
6195 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6196 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6197 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6199 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6200 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6202 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6205 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6206 reloc_howto_type *howto,
6207 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6208 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
6209 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
6210 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
6214 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
6216 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6217 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6219 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
6221 /* Obtain the current value. */
6222 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
6224 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6225 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
6227 /* Set the field. */
6228 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
6230 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6231 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
6234 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
6235 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
6237 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6238 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
6240 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
6243 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
6245 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
6250 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
6254 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6255 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6258 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6259 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6262 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
6263 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6267 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6268 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
6271 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6273 if (!info->relocatable
6274 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6275 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6276 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
6277 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6278 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6279 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6280 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6281 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
6282 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6283 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6289 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6290 + input_section->output_offset
6291 + relocation->r_offset
6293 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
6294 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
6298 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
6300 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6301 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6303 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6307 /* Put the value into the output. */
6308 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
6310 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
6316 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6317 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6318 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6319 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6322 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
6323 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6324 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
6325 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6326 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
6327 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
6329 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
6334 bfd_boolean defined_p;
6335 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6337 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6338 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6340 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6341 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6342 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
6343 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
6344 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
6345 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
6348 outrel[0].r_offset =
6349 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
6350 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6352 outrel[1].r_offset =
6353 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
6354 outrel[2].r_offset =
6355 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
6358 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6359 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6362 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6364 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6365 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6366 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6371 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6372 in the relocation. */
6373 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6375 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6376 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6377 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6378 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6380 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6381 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6382 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6383 undefined symbols. */
6388 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6390 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6392 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6397 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6400 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6401 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6407 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6408 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6409 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6410 local symbols because we used to generate them
6411 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6412 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6413 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6414 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6415 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6416 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6418 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6419 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6420 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6421 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6422 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6427 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6428 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6429 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6430 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6431 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6434 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6435 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6436 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6438 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6439 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6440 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6443 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6444 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6445 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6446 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6447 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6448 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6449 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6450 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6451 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6452 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6453 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6454 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6455 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6456 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6459 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6461 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6462 correct location in the output file. */
6463 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6464 + input_section->output_offset);
6465 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6466 + input_section->output_offset);
6467 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6468 + input_section->output_offset);
6470 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6471 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6472 relocation format is non-standard. */
6473 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6475 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6476 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6478 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6480 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6482 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6483 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6484 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6485 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6487 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6490 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6491 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6492 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6494 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6495 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6497 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6498 will be writing to it. */
6499 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6502 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6503 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6505 asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6510 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6512 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6513 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6514 + input_section->output_section->vma
6515 + input_section->output_offset);
6516 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6517 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6519 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6520 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6521 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6523 cr = (scpt->contents
6524 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6525 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6526 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6527 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6528 + scpt->reloc_count));
6529 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6533 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6534 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6536 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6537 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6542 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6545 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6547 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6549 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6550 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6552 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6553 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6555 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6556 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6558 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6559 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6561 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6562 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6564 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6565 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6567 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6568 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6570 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6571 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6573 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900:
6574 return bfd_mach_mips5900;
6576 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6577 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6579 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6580 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6582 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6583 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6585 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6586 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6588 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6589 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6591 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6592 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6594 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6595 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6597 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6598 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6601 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6605 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6608 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6611 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6614 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6617 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6619 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6620 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6622 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6623 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6625 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6626 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6628 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6629 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6631 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6:
6632 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6;
6634 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6:
6635 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6;
6642 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6644 static INLINE char *
6645 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6649 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6650 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6653 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6655 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6659 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6661 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6663 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6665 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6668 return "unknown abi";
6672 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6673 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6674 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6675 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6676 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6677 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6678 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6679 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6681 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6682 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6683 definition in a shared library. */
6684 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6685 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6686 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6688 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6691 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6693 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6695 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6696 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6697 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6699 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6700 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6701 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6702 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6703 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6704 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6705 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6707 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6708 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6709 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6710 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6711 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6712 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6713 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6714 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6715 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6716 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6718 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6722 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6723 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6724 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6725 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6726 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6729 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6730 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6732 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6733 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6734 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6735 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6736 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6737 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6738 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6739 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6740 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6741 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6743 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6744 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6747 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6748 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6753 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6755 if (section != NULL)
6757 asym->section = section;
6758 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6759 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6760 base address to make it an offset. */
6761 asym->value -= section->vma;
6768 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6770 if (section != NULL)
6772 asym->section = section;
6773 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6774 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6775 base address to make it an offset. */
6776 asym->value -= section->vma;
6782 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6783 or microMIPS one. */
6784 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6785 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6788 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd))
6789 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6790 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6792 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6793 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6797 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6798 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6800 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6801 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6802 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6803 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6804 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6806 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6807 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6808 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6809 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6811 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6812 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6813 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6814 We therefore take the following approach:
6816 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6817 determine the pointer size.
6819 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6820 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6824 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6825 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6826 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6827 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6828 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6830 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6831 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6835 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6837 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6839 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6841 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6843 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6844 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6845 if (long32_p && long64_p)
6852 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6853 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6854 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6863 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6864 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6865 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6867 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6868 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6871 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6872 will jump there rather than to .text.
6874 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6875 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6878 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6880 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6883 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6884 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6885 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6889 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6891 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6892 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6896 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6897 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6900 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6903 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6904 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6908 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6909 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6910 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6911 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6913 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6915 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6916 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6917 so that we don't have to read them again.
6918 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6919 through the section contents to see if there is an
6920 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6922 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6924 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6925 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6927 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6929 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6931 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6933 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6934 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6935 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6938 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6945 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6946 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6949 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6950 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6953 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6960 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6961 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6964 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6965 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6972 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6974 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6976 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6977 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6978 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6979 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6980 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6981 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6982 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6983 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6984 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
6985 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
6987 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6988 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6990 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
6992 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6993 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6995 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6998 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
7000 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
7002 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
7004 unsigned int adjust;
7006 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
7008 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
7016 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7017 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7018 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7020 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7024 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
7025 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
7031 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7032 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7033 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7034 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7035 probably get away with this. */
7036 switch (hdr->sh_type)
7038 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7039 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
7043 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
7046 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
7047 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
7050 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7051 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7054 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
7055 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
7058 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
7059 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
7061 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
7063 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
7064 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
7065 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
7067 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7069 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
7070 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7073 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7074 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7077 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
7078 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7081 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS:
7082 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7084 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7086 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
7087 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7088 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7091 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7092 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7095 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7096 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7097 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7104 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
7109 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7110 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
7116 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
7118 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
7120 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7121 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7123 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd, &ext,
7124 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags);
7125 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.version != 0)
7127 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
7130 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7132 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7133 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7134 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7135 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7136 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7138 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
7141 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7142 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7144 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
7145 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
7148 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7149 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7150 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7151 they should agree. */
7152 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7154 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
7156 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7157 if (contents == NULL)
7159 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
7166 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
7167 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
7169 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
7171 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
7173 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
7175 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7176 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7177 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
7180 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7182 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
7184 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7186 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
7187 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7189 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7191 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7193 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
7195 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7197 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
7198 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7200 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7210 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7211 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7212 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7215 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
7217 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7219 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
7221 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
7222 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
7223 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7225 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
7226 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
7227 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7229 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
7230 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
7231 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7233 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
7234 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
7235 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
7237 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
7238 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7239 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7240 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7241 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7243 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7245 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
7247 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7248 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7249 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7250 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7252 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7253 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7255 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7258 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7260 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7261 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
7262 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
7263 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
7265 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7266 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7268 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7269 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
7272 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
7273 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
7274 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
7275 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
7276 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
7277 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
7278 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7279 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7281 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
7282 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7284 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7286 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
7287 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7288 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7290 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7292 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7293 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7294 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7296 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7298 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
7299 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0);
7301 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7302 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7304 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
7306 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7307 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7308 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7309 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
7310 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7312 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7314 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
7315 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7316 final_write_processing. */
7318 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7319 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7321 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
7322 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7323 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7325 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
7327 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
7328 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
7329 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
7332 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7333 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7334 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7335 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7336 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7341 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7342 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7343 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7344 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7345 the .scommon section. */
7348 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7349 asection *sec, int *retval)
7351 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
7353 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7356 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
7358 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
7364 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7365 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7368 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7369 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
7370 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7371 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
7373 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7374 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7375 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7377 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7382 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7383 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7384 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7385 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7386 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7387 is not done for them. */
7389 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
7390 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7396 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7399 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7400 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7401 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7402 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7403 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7406 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7407 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7408 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7409 *valp = sym->st_size;
7413 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7414 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7416 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7417 asection *elf_text_section;
7418 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7420 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7421 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7424 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7425 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7426 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7429 /* Initialize the section. */
7431 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7432 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7434 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7435 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7437 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7438 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7439 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7440 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7441 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7442 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7443 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7445 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7446 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7447 so I took it out. */
7448 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7451 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7452 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7454 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7455 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7457 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7458 asection *elf_data_section;
7459 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7461 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7462 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7465 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7466 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7467 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7470 /* Initialize the section. */
7472 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7473 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7475 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7476 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7478 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7479 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7480 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7481 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7482 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7483 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7484 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7486 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7487 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7488 so I took it out. */
7489 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7492 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7493 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7497 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7499 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7500 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7502 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7503 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7505 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7507 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7508 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7509 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7512 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7515 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7517 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7520 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7521 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7524 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7525 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7526 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7527 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7533 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7534 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7535 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7538 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7539 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7540 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7541 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7543 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7544 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7545 common in the output file. */
7546 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7547 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7548 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7550 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7551 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7556 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7558 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7561 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7563 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7564 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7566 register asection *s;
7567 const char * const *namep;
7568 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7570 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7571 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7573 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7574 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7576 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7578 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7580 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7583 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7588 /* We need to create .got section. */
7589 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7592 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7595 /* Create .stub section. */
7596 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
7597 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7600 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7601 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7605 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7607 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7609 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7610 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7612 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7613 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7617 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7618 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7619 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7620 the linker takes such action. */
7621 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7623 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7626 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7627 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7628 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7631 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7634 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7636 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7640 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7641 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7643 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7647 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7648 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash");
7650 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7652 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
7654 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7656 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
7658 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7661 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7663 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7665 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7667 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7674 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7676 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7677 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7678 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7681 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7684 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7686 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7689 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7691 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7692 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7693 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7694 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7695 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
7696 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7698 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7700 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7701 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7702 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7705 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7708 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7710 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7712 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7716 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7717 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7718 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7721 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7722 htab->splt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt");
7723 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
7724 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7726 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7727 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7730 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7732 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
7737 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7738 if (htab->is_vxworks
7739 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7745 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7746 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7747 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7750 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7751 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7752 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7754 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7755 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7757 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7758 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7759 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7760 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7762 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7763 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7764 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7767 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7768 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7769 of the section that REL is against. */
7772 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7773 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7776 unsigned int r_type;
7779 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7780 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7782 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7783 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7784 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7785 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7787 return addend & howto->src_mask;
7790 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7791 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7792 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7793 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7794 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7797 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7798 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7799 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7800 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7802 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7803 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7804 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7807 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7808 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7809 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7810 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7811 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7812 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16)
7813 lo16_type = R_MIPS_PCLO16;
7815 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7817 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7818 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7819 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7822 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7824 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7825 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7826 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7827 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7828 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7829 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7831 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7832 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7833 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7834 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7835 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7838 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7839 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7840 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7842 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7843 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7850 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7851 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7852 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7855 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7860 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7861 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7863 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7867 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7870 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7872 static struct plt_entry *
7873 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd *abfd)
7875 struct plt_entry *entry;
7877 entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
7881 entry->stub_offset = MINUS_ONE;
7882 entry->mips_offset = MINUS_ONE;
7883 entry->comp_offset = MINUS_ONE;
7884 entry->gotplt_index = MINUS_ONE;
7888 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7889 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7890 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7893 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7894 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7898 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7899 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7901 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7902 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7904 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7905 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7908 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7910 if (info->relocatable)
7913 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7914 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7916 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7917 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7918 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7919 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7921 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7922 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7924 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7926 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7927 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7929 unsigned long r_symndx;
7931 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7934 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7937 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7938 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7939 " stub section `%s'"),
7941 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7945 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7946 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7950 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7951 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7952 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7953 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7955 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7956 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7958 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7959 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7960 || o->reloc_count == 0
7961 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7965 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7967 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7970 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7971 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7972 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7973 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7976 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7985 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7986 not need it. Since this function is called before
7987 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7988 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7990 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7994 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7996 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
7998 unsigned long symcount;
8002 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8003 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8005 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8006 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8007 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8010 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
8013 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8014 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8016 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8017 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8018 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8019 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8023 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8025 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8026 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8028 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8029 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8030 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8032 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8034 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8035 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8036 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8037 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8038 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8039 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
8041 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8045 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8047 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8050 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8052 unsigned long r_symndx;
8053 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8056 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8059 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
8062 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8063 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8064 " stub section `%s'"),
8066 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8070 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
8071 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
8075 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8076 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8077 that refers to this symbol. */
8078 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8080 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
8081 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
8083 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8084 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
8085 || o->reloc_count == 0
8086 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
8090 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
8092 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
8095 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
8096 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
8097 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
8098 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
8101 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
8110 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8111 not need it. Since this function is called before
8112 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8113 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8115 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8119 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8121 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
8123 unsigned long symcount;
8127 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8128 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8130 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8131 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8132 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8135 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
8138 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8139 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8141 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8142 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8143 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8144 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8148 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8149 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8151 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8153 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8154 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
8156 loc = &h->call_stub;
8158 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8159 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8160 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8161 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8162 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8165 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8169 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8171 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8177 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
8179 unsigned long r_symndx;
8180 unsigned int r_type;
8181 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8182 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
8183 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p;
8184 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p;
8186 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
8187 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
8189 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
8191 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
8193 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8194 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8196 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8201 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
8204 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8205 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8206 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
8208 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8210 h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
8214 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8215 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8216 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
8218 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8219 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8220 call_reloc_p = FALSE;
8222 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8223 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8224 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8225 .debug* should have no effect. */
8226 constrain_symbol_p = ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0);
8231 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8232 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8233 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8234 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8235 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8236 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8237 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8241 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8242 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8243 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8244 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
8245 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8246 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8248 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8249 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8250 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8251 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8252 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8253 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8254 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8255 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8256 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8257 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
8258 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8259 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8260 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8261 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8263 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8264 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
8266 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8268 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8269 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8270 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8271 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8274 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8279 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8280 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8281 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8282 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8285 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8286 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8287 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
8288 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8289 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8290 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8291 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8292 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8293 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8294 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8300 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8301 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8302 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8304 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8305 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8306 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8307 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8308 against a read-only section. */
8311 && !htab->is_vxworks
8312 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8313 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
8314 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
8315 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
8316 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8318 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8320 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8326 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
8327 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
8329 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8330 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
8331 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
8332 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
8333 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
8334 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8340 if (constrain_symbol_p)
8342 if (!can_make_dynamic_p)
8343 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = 1;
8346 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
8348 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8349 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8350 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8351 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8352 if (!htab->is_vxworks && (!can_make_dynamic_p || !call_reloc_p))
8353 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8356 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8357 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8358 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8359 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8363 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8367 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8368 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8369 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8370 relocations against the text segment. */
8371 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8374 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8375 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8376 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
8377 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
8379 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8380 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8381 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8382 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8383 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8384 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8385 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8386 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8387 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8388 rel->r_addend, info, r_type))
8393 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
8394 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
8395 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
8400 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8401 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8404 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8405 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8406 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8407 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8412 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8413 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8414 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8415 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8418 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8419 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8420 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8421 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE,
8425 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8426 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8427 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8433 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8434 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8435 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8437 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8438 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8439 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8440 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8441 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8442 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8444 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8445 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8446 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8448 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8450 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8452 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8453 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8455 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8456 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8459 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8462 addend = rel->r_addend;
8463 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8469 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8470 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8472 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8473 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8474 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
8475 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8479 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8480 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8483 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8484 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8485 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8490 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8491 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8492 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8494 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8497 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8498 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8499 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8500 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8502 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8508 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8509 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8510 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8511 for TLS GD relocations. */
8514 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8520 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8530 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8531 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8532 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8533 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8537 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8541 if (info->shared && h == NULL)
8543 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8544 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8545 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8546 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8547 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8548 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8549 relocations against the text segment. */
8550 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8554 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8556 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8557 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8558 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8559 it will be left as zero.
8561 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8562 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8564 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8565 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8567 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8568 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8569 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8570 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8571 are relocations against the text segment. */
8572 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8576 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8577 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8578 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8582 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8583 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8584 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8585 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8586 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8587 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8588 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8589 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8590 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8591 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8594 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8595 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8596 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8597 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8601 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8602 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8603 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8604 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8606 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8614 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8615 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8616 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8617 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8618 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8619 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8622 && jal_reloc_p (r_type)
8623 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
8625 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8626 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd);
8627 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8630 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
8631 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
8633 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
8636 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8637 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8638 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8639 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8641 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8642 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8644 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8646 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8647 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8650 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8651 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8652 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8653 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8654 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8662 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8663 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8664 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8665 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8666 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8667 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8668 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8671 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8672 and has a special meaning. */
8673 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8674 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8677 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8678 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8685 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8686 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8687 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8688 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8690 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8691 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8703 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8704 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8707 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8708 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8709 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8710 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8712 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8713 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8714 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8716 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8719 if (link_info->relocatable)
8722 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8723 link_info->keep_memory);
8724 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8727 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8728 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8729 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8730 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8732 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8735 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8736 unsigned int r_type;
8737 unsigned long r_symndx;
8739 unsigned long instruction;
8741 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8742 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8743 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8744 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8745 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8748 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8749 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8750 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8752 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8753 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8754 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8756 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8757 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8758 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8760 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8762 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8763 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8764 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8765 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
8766 && !h->root.forced_local))
8769 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8770 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8771 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8772 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8773 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8775 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8779 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8781 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8782 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8784 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8785 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8786 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8787 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8789 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8793 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8794 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8796 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8797 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8798 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8799 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8802 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8803 symval = isym->st_value
8804 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8805 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8808 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8810 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8811 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8813 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8814 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8819 /* Check that it's in range. */
8820 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8823 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8824 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8827 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8829 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8830 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8831 instruction = 0x04110000;
8832 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8833 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8834 instruction = 0x10000000;
8838 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8839 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8840 changed_contents = TRUE;
8843 if (contents != NULL
8844 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8846 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8850 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8851 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8857 if (contents != NULL
8858 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8863 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8866 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8868 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8870 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8871 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8873 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8874 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8876 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8877 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8879 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8880 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8881 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8884 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8885 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8886 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8889 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8890 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8891 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8892 if (! info->relocatable
8893 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8894 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8895 || (!h->def_regular && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
8898 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8900 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8902 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8903 non-default visibility. */
8904 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8907 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8909 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8911 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8918 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8919 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8920 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8921 relocations against it.
8923 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8924 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8926 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8928 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8929 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8930 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8933 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8934 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8935 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8936 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8937 against the text segment. */
8938 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8945 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8946 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8947 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8948 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8952 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8953 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8956 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8957 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8959 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8960 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8962 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8963 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8965 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8966 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8968 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8971 && !h->def_regular)));
8973 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8975 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8976 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8977 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8978 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8979 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8981 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8982 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8983 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8985 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8988 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8989 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8990 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8991 executable and the shared library. */
8992 if (!h->def_regular)
8994 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
8995 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8999 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9000 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9002 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9003 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9004 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9005 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9006 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9007 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9008 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9009 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
9010 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
9011 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9012 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
9013 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
9014 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
9016 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9017 bfd_boolean newabi_p = NEWABI_P (info->output_bfd);
9019 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9020 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9021 for PLT offset calculations. */
9022 if (htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset == 0)
9024 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
9025 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_got_index == 0);
9027 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9028 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9029 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9030 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9031 if (!htab->is_vxworks
9032 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
9035 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9036 for the same reason as above. */
9037 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
9038 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
9041 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9043 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
9045 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size
9046 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9048 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9049 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9050 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
9051 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9053 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9054 if (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared)
9055 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9056 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
9057 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9058 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9059 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
9061 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9062 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9063 else if (!micromips_p)
9065 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9066 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9067 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9068 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9070 else if (htab->insn32)
9072 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9073 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9074 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9075 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9079 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9080 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9081 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9082 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9086 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9087 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj);
9088 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9091 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9092 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9094 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9095 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9096 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9097 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9102 || hmips->call_fp_stub)
9104 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9105 h->plt.plist->need_comp = FALSE;
9108 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9109 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9110 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9111 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9112 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9113 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9114 if (!h->plt.plist->need_mips && !h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9117 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
9119 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9122 if (h->plt.plist->need_mips)
9124 h->plt.plist->mips_offset = htab->plt_mips_offset;
9125 htab->plt_mips_offset += htab->plt_mips_entry_size;
9127 if (h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9129 h->plt.plist->comp_offset = htab->plt_comp_offset;
9130 htab->plt_comp_offset += htab->plt_comp_entry_size;
9133 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9134 h->plt.plist->gotplt_index = htab->plt_got_index++;
9136 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9137 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9138 if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
9139 hmips->use_plt_entry = TRUE;
9141 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9142 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
9143 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
9144 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
9146 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9147 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
9148 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9150 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9151 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9152 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9157 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9158 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9159 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9160 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
9162 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9163 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
9164 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
9165 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
9169 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9170 in regular objects. */
9174 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9175 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9176 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
9179 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9180 some that we can't convert. */
9181 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
9183 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9184 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9185 h->root.root.string);
9186 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9190 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9191 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9192 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9193 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9194 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9195 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9196 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9197 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9198 same memory location for the variable. */
9200 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9202 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9203 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9205 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
9209 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9210 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9211 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9213 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
9216 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9217 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9218 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9221 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9222 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9225 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9226 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9228 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9229 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9231 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9232 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
9234 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
9236 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9237 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9239 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
9242 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9244 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
9245 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
9252 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9255 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9259 struct mips_got_info *g;
9260 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
9261 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
9263 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
9264 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9266 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9267 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9273 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9276 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9277 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9278 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == 0);
9279 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9280 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
9282 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
9283 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
9284 g->assigned_low_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
9286 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9287 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9288 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
9290 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info, g))
9293 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9294 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9296 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9298 asection *subsection;
9300 for (subsection = ibfd->sections;
9302 subsection = subsection->next)
9304 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
9306 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
9307 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
9311 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9312 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9313 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9314 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9317 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9318 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9319 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
9321 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9323 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
9324 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
9326 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
9327 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
9329 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9330 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9331 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9333 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9334 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9336 if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
9338 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
9343 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9344 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9345 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9346 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE))
9347 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd, g);
9348 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd, g);
9350 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9351 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
9354 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9355 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
9358 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno
9359 == g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno);
9361 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9362 if (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared)
9363 g->relocs += g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
9365 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9367 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, g->relocs);
9373 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9376 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9378 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9379 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
9381 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9382 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9384 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9387 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9388 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9389 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9391 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9392 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9393 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9395 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
9396 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
9398 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9399 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9400 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9401 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9402 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9403 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
9404 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9405 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9406 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9407 else if (htab->insn32)
9408 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9409 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9410 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9412 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9413 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9414 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9416 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
9419 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9420 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9421 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9424 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9426 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti = data;
9427 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9428 struct bfd_link_info *info;
9432 output_bfd = hti->output_bfd;
9433 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9434 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9436 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
9438 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9439 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9440 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9442 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL);
9443 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9444 h->root.plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab->sstubs->owner);
9445 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9450 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
9451 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size + isa_bit;
9452 h->root.plt.plist->stub_offset = htab->sstubs->size;
9453 h->root.other = other;
9454 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9459 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9460 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9463 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9465 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
9466 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9467 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9468 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9469 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9470 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9471 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9474 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9475 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9477 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9480 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
9482 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9484 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, &hti);
9487 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9488 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
9489 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
9491 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9492 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9493 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->sstubs, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9496 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9503 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9504 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9505 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9506 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9509 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9511 struct bfd_link_info *info = data;
9512 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9513 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9518 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9519 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9521 if (h->use_plt_entry)
9523 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist != NULL);
9524 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
9525 || h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE);
9527 val = htab->plt_header_size;
9528 if (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
9531 val += h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset;
9537 val += htab->plt_mips_offset + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset;
9538 other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : STO_MIPS16;
9541 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9542 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9544 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9547 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
9548 h->root.root.u.def.value = val;
9549 h->root.other = other;
9555 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9558 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9559 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9562 asection *s, *sreldyn;
9563 bfd_boolean reltext;
9564 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9566 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9567 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9568 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9569 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9571 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9573 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9574 if (info->executable)
9576 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9577 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9579 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
9581 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
9584 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9585 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9586 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9587 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9588 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9589 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9591 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9592 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9594 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9595 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9596 if (htab->splt && htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset != 0)
9598 bfd_boolean micromips_p = (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd)
9599 && !htab->plt_mips_offset);
9600 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9601 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9602 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9605 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9606 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
9607 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt->size == 0);
9609 if (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared)
9610 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
9611 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9612 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
9613 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9614 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry);
9615 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
9616 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry);
9617 else if (!micromips_p)
9618 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9619 else if (htab->insn32)
9620 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9622 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9624 htab->plt_header_is_comp = micromips_p;
9625 htab->plt_header_size = size;
9626 htab->splt->size = (size
9627 + htab->plt_mips_offset
9628 + htab->plt_comp_offset);
9629 htab->sgotplt->size = (htab->plt_got_index
9630 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9632 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value, info);
9634 if (htab->root.hplt == NULL)
9636 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
9637 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9638 htab->root.hplt = h;
9643 h = htab->root.hplt;
9644 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9650 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9651 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9653 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9655 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9658 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9660 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9661 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9664 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9668 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9669 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9670 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9672 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9675 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9679 const char *outname;
9682 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9683 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9684 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9685 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9686 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9688 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9690 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9692 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9693 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9694 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9697 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9698 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9699 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9702 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9703 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9704 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9705 will move them around between input sections'
9706 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9707 broken, so don't let it run. */
9708 info->combreloc = 0;
9711 else if (! info->shared
9712 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9713 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9715 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9716 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9717 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9719 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9720 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9721 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9722 else if (s == htab->splt)
9724 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9725 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9726 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9727 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9728 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9731 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9733 && s != htab->sgotplt
9734 && s != htab->sstubs
9735 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9737 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9743 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9747 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9750 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9751 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9752 if (s->contents == NULL)
9754 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9759 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9761 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9762 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9763 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9764 the .dynamic section. */
9766 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9767 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9768 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9769 may only look at the first one they see. */
9771 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9774 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9775 used by the debugger. */
9776 if (info->executable
9777 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9778 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9781 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9782 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9784 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9786 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9789 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9790 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9791 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9792 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9793 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9796 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9799 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9800 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9802 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9803 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9804 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9806 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
9809 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
9812 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
9818 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9820 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
9823 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
9826 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
9830 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
9833 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
9836 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
9839 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
9842 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
9845 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
9848 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
9851 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
9852 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
9855 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
9856 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9857 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
9858 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
9861 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
9863 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
9866 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
9869 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
9872 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
9875 if (htab->is_vxworks
9876 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
9883 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9884 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9885 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9886 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9889 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9890 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9891 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9893 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
9894 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9897 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9899 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9900 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
9901 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
9902 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
9904 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
9905 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
9908 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9909 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
9911 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9912 if (!info->relocatable)
9914 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9915 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
9918 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9919 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
9920 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
9924 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9925 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9926 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9927 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9928 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9929 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9930 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9931 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9932 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9933 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9934 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9936 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9937 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9938 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9941 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd,
9942 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9943 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9944 Elf_Internal_Rela **rel,
9945 const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend,
9946 bfd_boolean rel_reloc,
9947 reloc_howto_type *howto,
9950 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9951 int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9952 unsigned int r_type;
9955 for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--)
9957 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info);
9958 if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE)
9960 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9966 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
9967 (*rel), count, (*relend),
9968 howto, i, contents);
9973 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9976 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9977 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9978 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
9979 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9980 asection **local_sections)
9982 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
9983 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
9985 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9986 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
9988 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9989 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9990 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
9994 reloc_howto_type *howto;
9995 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p = FALSE;
9996 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9998 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
9999 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
10001 unsigned long r_symndx;
10003 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
10004 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10005 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
10007 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
10008 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10010 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10011 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
10013 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
10014 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
10015 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
10017 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
10022 unsigned long extsymoff;
10025 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
10026 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
10027 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
10028 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
10029 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
10030 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
10033 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
10034 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
10035 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
10038 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
10040 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10041 input_section, &rel, &relend,
10042 rel_reloc, howto, contents);
10046 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
10048 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10049 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10050 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10051 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10052 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10053 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10054 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
10056 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10058 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10059 rel->r_offset += 4;
10062 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
10064 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10065 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10066 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10067 RELA relocation. */
10068 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10071 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
10072 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
10074 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
10075 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
10076 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
10079 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
10080 contents, &addend))
10083 name = h->root.root.string;
10085 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
10086 local_syms + r_symndx,
10088 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10089 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10090 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
10095 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
10098 addend = rel->r_addend;
10099 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10100 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
10103 if (info->relocatable)
10105 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
10106 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10107 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10109 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
10111 addend += rel->r_addend;
10112 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
10113 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
10114 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
10115 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
10116 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
10117 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
10119 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
10121 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10122 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10123 source of the addend in the final link. */
10124 addend &= howto->src_mask;
10126 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10127 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10128 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10129 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10130 but for endianness. */
10136 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10138 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10145 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10146 do two separate stores. */
10147 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10149 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10151 low_bits = sign_bits;
10152 high_bits = addend;
10157 high_bits = sign_bits;
10159 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10160 contents + rel->r_offset);
10161 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10162 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10166 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
10167 input_bfd, input_section,
10172 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10176 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10177 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10178 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10180 if (rel + 1 < relend
10181 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
10182 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
10183 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
10185 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
10187 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10188 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
10189 input_section, info, rel,
10190 addend, howto, local_syms,
10191 local_sections, &value,
10192 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
10193 use_saved_addend_p))
10195 case bfd_reloc_continue:
10196 /* There's nothing to do. */
10199 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
10200 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10201 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10202 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10203 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10206 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
10207 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10208 info->callbacks->warning
10209 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10212 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
10213 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10214 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10215 a given location. */
10219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10221 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10222 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10223 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
10224 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
10225 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
10226 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
10228 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10229 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10231 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
10232 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
10234 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
10235 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
10236 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
10244 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
10245 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
10247 msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10248 info->callbacks->warning
10249 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10252 if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto->type))
10254 msg = _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10255 info->callbacks->warning
10256 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10259 /* Fall through. */
10266 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10267 until we reach the last one. */
10268 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10274 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10275 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10276 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10277 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10278 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10279 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10280 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10281 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10287 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10289 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10296 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10297 do two separate stores. */
10298 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10300 /* Undo what we did above. */
10301 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10302 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10304 low_bits = sign_bits;
10310 high_bits = sign_bits;
10312 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10313 contents + rel->r_offset);
10314 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10315 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10319 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10320 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
10321 input_bfd, input_section,
10322 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
10329 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10330 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10333 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
10335 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
10336 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10337 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
10340 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
10342 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
10343 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
10344 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
10345 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10347 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10348 s = stub->stub_section;
10352 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
10361 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10362 offset = stub->offset;
10364 /* Work out the target address. */
10365 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
10366 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10368 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10369 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
10371 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
10373 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10374 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10375 memset (loc, 0, offset);
10377 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10379 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10380 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high),
10382 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10383 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low),
10388 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10389 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
10394 /* This is trampoline. */
10396 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10398 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10399 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc);
10400 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10401 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4);
10402 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10403 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8);
10404 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10408 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10409 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
10410 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
10411 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10417 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10418 adjust it appropriately now. */
10421 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10422 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10424 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10425 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10426 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
10429 "__dso_displacement",
10431 "__program_header_table",
10435 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
10443 const char* const *p;
10446 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
10447 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
10450 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
10452 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10454 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10455 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10457 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10459 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10461 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10467 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10468 dynamic sections here. */
10471 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10472 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10473 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10474 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10478 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
10481 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10482 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10484 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10485 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10486 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10487 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10489 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
10491 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
10492 && (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
10493 || h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE))
10495 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10497 bfd_vma header_address, got_address;
10498 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
10502 got_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
10504 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10505 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10506 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10507 BFD_ASSERT (got_index != MINUS_ONE);
10508 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
10510 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10511 isa_bit = htab->plt_header_is_comp;
10512 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10513 + htab->splt->output_offset + isa_bit);
10515 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10516 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10517 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10518 + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10520 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10521 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10523 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10524 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10525 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10526 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10528 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10530 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10531 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10532 if (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10534 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10535 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10537 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
10539 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
10541 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10542 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
10544 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10545 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
10547 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10549 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd))
10550 plt_entry = mipsr6_exec_plt_entry;
10552 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
10553 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
10554 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load,
10557 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
10559 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
10560 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10564 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
10565 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low,
10570 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10571 if (h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10573 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10575 plt_offset = (htab->plt_header_size + htab->plt_mips_offset
10576 + h->plt.plist->comp_offset);
10578 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
10580 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10581 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
10583 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10584 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
10586 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10588 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10589 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], loc + 2);
10590 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10591 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10592 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10593 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10594 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_address, loc + 12);
10596 else if (htab->insn32)
10598 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10600 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10601 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_high, loc + 2);
10602 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10603 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 6);
10604 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10605 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10606 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 12);
10607 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 14);
10611 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10612 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset;
10613 bfd_vma loc_address;
10615 BFD_ASSERT (got_address % 4 == 0);
10617 loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10618 + htab->splt->output_offset + plt_offset);
10619 gotpc_offset = got_address - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
10621 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10622 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10624 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10625 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10626 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10628 htab->sgotplt->output_section,
10629 htab->splt->output_section,
10630 (long) gotpc_offset);
10631 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
10634 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
10635 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
10636 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
10637 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10638 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10639 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10640 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10644 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10645 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
10646 got_index - 2, h->dynindx,
10647 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
10649 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10650 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10651 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10652 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10653 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10654 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
10655 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym->st_other);
10663 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10665 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10666 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
10667 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
10668 bfd_vma stub_size = htab->function_stub_size;
10669 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
10670 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
10671 bfd_vma stub_big_size;
10674 stub_big_size = MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10675 else if (htab->insn32)
10676 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10678 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10680 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10682 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10684 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size == stub_big_size || h->dynindx <= 0xffff);
10686 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10687 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10689 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
10692 /* Fill the stub. */
10696 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd),
10701 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10702 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS (output_bfd),
10708 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10711 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10713 long dynindx_hi = (h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff;
10715 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10716 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi),
10722 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS,
10728 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10732 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10733 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10734 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10735 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10736 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10738 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10739 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10740 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10743 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10744 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd,
10751 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10753 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10755 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10757 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
10761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
10764 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10765 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10766 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10769 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10770 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
10777 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->stub_offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
10778 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.plist->stub_offset,
10781 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10782 only for the referenced symbol. */
10783 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10785 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10786 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10787 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10788 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
10789 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
10790 + h->plt.plist->stub_offset
10792 sym->st_other = other;
10795 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10796 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10798 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
10800 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
10801 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
10802 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
10803 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
10804 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
10807 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
10808 || h->forced_local);
10811 g = htab->got_info;
10812 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10814 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10815 the symbols that need them. */
10816 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10821 value = sym->st_value;
10822 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
10823 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
10826 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next)
10828 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
10834 e.abfd = output_bfd;
10837 e.tls_type = GOT_TLS_NONE;
10839 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10842 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
10845 offset = p->gotidx;
10846 BFD_ASSERT (offset > 0 && offset < htab->sgot->size);
10848 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
10850 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
10851 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
10853 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10854 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10855 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10856 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10857 appropriate addend. */
10858 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10860 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10861 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10862 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
10864 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
10865 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
10868 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10869 (output_bfd, info, rel,
10870 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
10874 entry = sym->st_value;
10875 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
10880 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10881 name = h->root.root.string;
10882 if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
10883 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
10884 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10885 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10886 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10888 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10889 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10892 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10894 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10895 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10896 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
10898 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10900 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
10901 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
10903 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10904 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10906 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10908 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
10910 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10911 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10912 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
10913 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10915 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
10917 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
10918 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10919 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
10920 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10924 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10930 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10931 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10933 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10934 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10935 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10936 + h->root.u.def.value);
10937 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
10938 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
10941 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10942 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
10943 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
10945 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10946 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10947 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
10949 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10950 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
10952 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other))
10954 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10955 sym->st_other -= STO_MICROMIPS;
10961 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10964 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10965 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10966 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10967 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10971 struct mips_got_info *g;
10972 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10973 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10975 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10976 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10977 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10978 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10980 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10983 bfd_vma plt_address, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
10984 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10985 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10986 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
10987 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10989 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
10990 gotplt_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
10992 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10993 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10994 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
10995 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
10997 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10998 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10999 + htab->splt->output_offset
11002 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11003 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
11004 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
11005 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11007 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11008 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11009 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
11011 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11012 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11013 branch_offset = -(plt_offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11015 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11016 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
11017 (htab->sgotplt->contents
11018 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)));
11020 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11021 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
11025 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
11026 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11027 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11031 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
11033 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
11034 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11035 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
11037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
11040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
11041 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11043 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11044 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11046 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
11047 + (gotplt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11049 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11050 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11051 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11052 rel.r_addend = plt_offset;
11053 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11055 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11056 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11057 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
11058 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11059 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
11060 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11062 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11063 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11065 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11066 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11069 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11070 loc = (htab->srelplt->contents
11071 + gotplt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11072 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11073 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
11075 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11077 if (!h->def_regular)
11078 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
11081 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
11084 g = htab->got_info;
11085 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11087 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11088 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
11091 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
11095 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11096 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
11097 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
11099 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11100 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11101 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11102 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
11103 + sgot->output_offset
11105 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
11106 outrel.r_addend = 0;
11107 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
11110 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11113 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11115 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11117 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11118 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11119 + h->root.u.def.value);
11120 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
11122 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
11123 htab->srelbss->contents
11124 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
11125 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
11126 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
11129 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11130 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
11131 sym->st_value &= ~1;
11136 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11139 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11142 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
11143 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11144 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11146 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11147 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11149 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11150 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
11151 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
11152 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
11153 else if (!htab->plt_header_is_comp)
11154 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11155 else if (htab->insn32)
11156 plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11158 plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11160 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11161 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
11162 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
11163 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11164 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
11166 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11167 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11168 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11169 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11171 /* Install the PLT header. */
11172 loc = htab->splt->contents;
11173 if (plt_entry == micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11175 bfd_vma gotpc_offset;
11176 bfd_vma loc_address;
11179 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value % 4 == 0);
11181 loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
11182 + htab->splt->output_offset);
11183 gotpc_offset = gotplt_value - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
11185 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11186 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11188 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11189 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11191 htab->sgotplt->output_section,
11192 htab->splt->output_section,
11193 (long) gotpc_offset);
11194 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
11197 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
11198 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
11199 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
11200 for (i = 2; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11201 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11203 else if (plt_entry == micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11207 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
11208 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_high, loc + 2);
11209 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
11210 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 6);
11211 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
11212 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 10);
11213 for (i = 6; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11214 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
11219 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
11220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
11221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11231 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11232 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11235 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11237 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
11239 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
11240 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11241 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11243 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11244 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11246 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
11248 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11249 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11250 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11251 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
11253 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11254 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
11256 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11257 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
11259 /* Install the PLT header. */
11260 loc = htab->splt->contents;
11261 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
11262 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
11263 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
11264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11266 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11268 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11269 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
11270 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
11271 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11273 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11274 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11276 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11277 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11278 rela.r_offset += 4;
11279 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11280 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11281 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11283 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11284 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11285 in which symbols were output. */
11286 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
11288 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11290 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11291 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11292 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11293 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11295 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11296 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11297 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11298 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11300 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11301 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11302 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11303 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11307 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11310 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11313 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11315 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11316 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11318 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11319 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
11320 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
11321 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
11324 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11327 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
11328 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11333 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
11334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11336 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11337 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11339 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
11341 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
11344 gg = htab->got_info;
11346 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11349 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
11351 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11352 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
11354 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd, FALSE);
11355 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11357 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11358 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11359 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11361 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11365 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11367 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11368 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11370 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11376 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
11380 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
11381 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
11385 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11387 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
11392 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11395 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
11397 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11400 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
11401 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
11404 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
11405 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
11408 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
11412 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
11416 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
11418 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11421 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
11423 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11426 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
11427 s = output_bfd->sections;
11428 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
11429 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
11432 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
11433 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
11436 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
11437 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11438 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11439 referenced within the same object. */
11440 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
11443 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
11444 if (htab->global_gotsym)
11446 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
11449 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11450 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11451 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11453 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
11455 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
11456 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
11457 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
11459 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
11462 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
11463 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
11466 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
11468 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11469 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
11472 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11473 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11476 s = h->root.u.def.section;
11477 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
11478 + h->root.u.def.value);
11482 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
11483 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
11484 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
11485 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
11489 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
11490 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11492 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
11496 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11497 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11498 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
11500 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
11504 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11505 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
11509 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11510 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
11511 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
11515 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11516 the dynamic tag. */
11517 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11519 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11520 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11525 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11526 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11527 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11528 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
11530 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11534 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11535 if (htab->is_vxworks
11536 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
11541 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
11542 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11543 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
11547 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
11552 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11553 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
11554 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
11557 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
11558 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
11560 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11562 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11563 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11564 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11565 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11566 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11567 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
11568 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
11570 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11571 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11572 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11574 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11578 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11579 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11580 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11581 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
11582 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11583 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11586 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
11587 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11590 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11591 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
11593 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
11594 bfd_vma addend = 0;
11596 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
11597 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
11599 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
11601 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
11602 + g->next->tls_gotno;
11604 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
11605 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11606 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11608 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11610 if (! info->shared)
11613 for (; got_index < g->local_gotno; got_index++)
11615 if (got_index >= g->assigned_low_gotno
11616 && got_index <= g->assigned_high_gotno)
11619 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
11620 = got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11621 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11622 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
11623 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
11624 0, &addend, sgot)))
11626 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
11631 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11632 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11635 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11638 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11640 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11642 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11643 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11644 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11646 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11649 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11650 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11652 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11658 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11659 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11660 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11661 are trailing null entries. */
11662 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11663 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
11664 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
11665 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
11666 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
11667 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11668 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11669 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
11674 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11679 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11686 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
11688 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
11690 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11691 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
11695 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
11697 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
11698 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
11701 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
11702 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
11705 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11706 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
11708 file_ptr dummy_offset;
11710 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
11711 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
11712 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
11713 htab->function_stub_size);
11718 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11719 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11720 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11721 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11722 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
11724 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11726 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
11728 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
11730 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11731 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11732 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
11733 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
11735 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11736 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
11737 sort_dynamic_relocs);
11742 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
11744 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11747 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
11749 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
11753 BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
11754 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info))
11762 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11765 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
11769 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
11772 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
11773 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
11776 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
11777 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
11780 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
11781 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
11784 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
11785 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
11786 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
11787 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
11788 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
11791 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
11792 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
11795 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
11796 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
11799 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
11800 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
11803 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
11804 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
11807 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
11808 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
11811 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
11812 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
11815 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
11816 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
11819 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
11820 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_5900;
11823 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
11824 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
11827 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
11828 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
11829 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
11830 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
11831 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
11832 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
11833 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
11834 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
11837 case bfd_mach_mips5:
11838 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
11841 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
11842 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
11845 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
11846 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
11849 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
11850 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
11853 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
11854 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
11857 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
11858 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
11859 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
11862 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
11863 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
11866 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
11867 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
11870 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
11871 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
11874 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
11875 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
11878 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
11879 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3:
11880 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5:
11881 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
11884 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
11885 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3:
11886 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5:
11887 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
11890 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6:
11891 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6;
11894 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6:
11895 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6;
11898 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
11899 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
11904 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11905 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11906 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11909 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
11910 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11913 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
11917 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11918 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11919 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11920 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
11921 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
11923 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11924 info for each special section. */
11925 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
11926 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
11929 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
11931 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
11932 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
11933 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
11935 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11938 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
11939 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11940 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11941 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11942 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
11943 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11944 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11945 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11948 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
11949 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11950 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11951 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11952 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
11953 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11954 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11955 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11956 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11959 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
11960 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
11962 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11963 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
11965 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11968 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
11969 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11970 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11971 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
11972 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
11973 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11974 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11977 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11978 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11980 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11982 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11983 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11990 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11994 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
11995 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12000 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12001 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12002 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
12005 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12006 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12009 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12010 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
12011 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12012 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
12015 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12016 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
12017 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
12018 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
12021 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12022 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12023 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12024 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12030 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12033 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
12034 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12037 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
12040 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12042 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12043 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12045 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12046 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
12051 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12055 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
12057 m->sections[0] = s;
12059 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12060 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12062 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12063 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12071 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12073 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12074 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12076 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12077 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
12082 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12086 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
12088 m->sections[0] = s;
12090 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12091 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12093 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12094 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12102 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12103 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12104 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12106 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
12107 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12108 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12109 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12111 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
12113 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
12114 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12119 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
12121 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12123 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12124 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12127 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12129 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
12130 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12131 options_segment->next = *pm;
12132 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
12133 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
12134 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
12135 options_segment->count = 1;
12136 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
12137 *pm = options_segment;
12143 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
12145 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12146 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12147 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
12148 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
12149 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
12151 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12152 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
12157 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12161 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
12163 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
12168 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
12173 m->sections[0] = s;
12176 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12177 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12178 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
12188 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12189 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12191 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL;
12193 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
12196 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12197 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12198 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12199 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12200 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12201 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12202 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12203 PT_LOAD segment. */
12204 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12207 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
12209 static const char *sec_names[] =
12211 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12215 struct elf_segment_map *n;
12217 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
12219 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
12221 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
12222 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12229 if (high < s->vma + sz)
12230 high = s->vma + sz;
12235 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12236 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12238 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12241 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
12242 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12249 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12251 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12253 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12255 n->sections[i] = s;
12264 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12265 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12267 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12268 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12269 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12270 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12271 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12273 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12274 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12275 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12276 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12277 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12280 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12281 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12283 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12284 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12286 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
12287 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
12291 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
12295 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
12303 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12307 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
12308 struct bfd_link_info *info,
12309 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
12310 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
12311 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
12313 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12316 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
12318 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
12319 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
12323 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
12326 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12329 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12330 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12331 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12332 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12335 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12336 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12337 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
12338 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
12339 unsigned long r_symndx;
12340 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12342 if (info->relocatable)
12345 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12346 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12347 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
12349 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12350 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
12351 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
12353 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
12354 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
12356 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
12357 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
12358 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
12359 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
12360 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
12361 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
12362 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
12363 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
12364 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
12365 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
12366 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
12367 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
12368 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
12369 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
12370 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
12371 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
12372 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
12373 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12374 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12375 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12386 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12389 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12390 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook)
12394 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info, gc_mark_hook);
12396 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->link.next)
12400 if (! is_mips_elf (sub))
12403 for (o = sub->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
12405 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12406 (bfd_get_section_name (sub, o)))
12408 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info, o, gc_mark_hook))
12416 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12417 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12418 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12419 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12422 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12423 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
12424 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
12426 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
12428 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
12430 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
12431 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
12432 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12433 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12434 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
12435 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
12437 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
12440 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
12441 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
12442 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
12443 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
12444 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
12445 if (indmips->fn_stub)
12447 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
12448 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
12450 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
12452 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
12453 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
12455 if (indmips->call_stub)
12457 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
12458 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
12460 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
12462 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
12463 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
12465 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
12466 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
12467 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
12468 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
12469 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
12470 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
12473 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12476 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
12477 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12480 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
12481 unsigned char *tdata;
12484 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
12489 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
12491 if (o->output_section != NULL
12492 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
12495 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
12499 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
12500 info->keep_memory);
12507 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
12508 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
12510 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
12512 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
12521 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
12522 if (o->rawsize == 0)
12523 o->rawsize = o->size;
12524 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
12530 if (! info->keep_memory)
12531 free (cookie->rels);
12537 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
12539 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
12545 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
12546 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12547 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
12549 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
12552 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
12555 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
12559 end = contents + sec->size;
12560 for (from = contents, i = 0;
12562 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
12564 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
12567 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
12570 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
12571 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
12575 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12576 from output by default for clarity. */
12579 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
12581 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
12584 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12585 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12587 struct mips_elf_find_line
12589 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
12590 struct ecoff_find_line i;
12594 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols,
12595 asection *section, bfd_vma offset,
12596 const char **filename_ptr,
12597 const char **functionname_ptr,
12598 unsigned int *line_ptr,
12599 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
12603 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
12604 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12605 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
12606 dwarf_debug_sections,
12607 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
12608 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
12611 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12612 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12616 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
12619 flagword origflags;
12620 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
12621 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
12622 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
12624 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12625 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12626 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12627 origflags = msec->flags;
12628 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
12629 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
12631 fi = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
12634 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
12637 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
12638 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
12640 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12643 msec->flags = origflags;
12647 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
12649 msec->flags = origflags;
12653 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12654 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
12655 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
12656 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
12658 msec->flags = origflags;
12661 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
12662 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
12663 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
12664 fraw_end = (fraw_src
12665 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
12666 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
12667 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
12669 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
12671 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12672 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12673 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12674 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12675 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12676 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12679 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
12680 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12683 msec->flags = origflags;
12687 msec->flags = origflags;
12690 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12692 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12693 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12694 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr);
12698 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
12699 const char **filename_ptr,
12700 const char **functionname_ptr,
12701 unsigned int *line_ptr)
12704 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
12705 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
12706 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
12711 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12712 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12713 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12716 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
12717 const void *location,
12718 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
12720 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
12724 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12726 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
12727 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12728 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12731 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
12734 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
12737 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
12740 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
12743 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
12747 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12748 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12751 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12753 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12754 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
12756 bfd_boolean relocatable,
12759 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12760 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
12761 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
12764 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
12765 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
12768 if (reloc_size < 0)
12771 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
12772 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
12775 /* read in the section */
12776 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
12777 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
12780 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
12784 if (reloc_count < 0)
12787 if (reloc_count > 0)
12792 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12795 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
12796 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
12797 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12798 if (abfd && input_bfd
12799 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
12803 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
12804 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
12811 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
12812 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
12813 case bfd_link_hash_common:
12816 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
12817 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
12819 gp = lh->u.def.value;
12821 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
12822 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
12824 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12826 case bfd_link_hash_new:
12835 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
12837 char *error_message = NULL;
12838 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
12840 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12841 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12842 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
12844 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12845 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12846 to the generic handling. */
12848 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
12849 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
12850 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
12851 input_section, relocatable,
12854 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
12856 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
12861 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
12863 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12864 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
12868 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
12872 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
12873 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
12874 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12875 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
12878 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
12879 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
12880 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
12881 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
12882 (*parent)->address)))
12885 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
12886 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
12888 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12889 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
12890 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
12893 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
12902 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12903 free (reloc_vector);
12907 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12908 free (reloc_vector);
12913 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
12914 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
12916 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12917 unsigned int sec_shndx;
12918 bfd_byte *contents;
12919 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12920 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12921 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
12922 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12923 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
12924 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
12925 unsigned int symcount;
12927 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
12928 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12930 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
12931 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
12933 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12934 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
12935 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
12936 sec->size -= count;
12938 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12939 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12941 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12942 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
12943 irel->r_offset -= count;
12946 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
12947 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
12949 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12950 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12951 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12952 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
12953 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
12954 isym->st_value -= count;
12956 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12957 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
12958 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
12959 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12960 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
12962 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
12964 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
12966 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
12967 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12968 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
12970 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
12972 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
12973 value &= MINUS_TWO;
12975 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
12983 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12984 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12986 struct opcode_descriptor {
12987 unsigned long match;
12988 unsigned long mask;
12991 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12995 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12997 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12998 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13000 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13002 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13003 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13006 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13008 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
13009 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13010 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13011 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13014 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
13015 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13017 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
13018 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13020 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
13021 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13023 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
13024 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13026 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
13027 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13029 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
13030 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13033 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13035 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13036 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13037 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13039 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13041 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
13042 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13043 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13044 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13047 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
13048 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13049 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13050 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13053 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
13054 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13055 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13056 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13059 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
13060 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13061 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13062 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13065 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13067 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
13068 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
13069 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
13072 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13074 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
13075 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13077 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
13078 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13080 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
13081 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13083 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
13084 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13086 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
13087 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13089 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13091 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
13092 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13094 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13095 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13097 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13098 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13099 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13100 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13103 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13105 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
13106 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13108 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13109 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13110 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13114 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13116 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
13117 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13119 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
13120 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13122 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
13123 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13125 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13127 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13129 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
13130 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13132 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13133 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13134 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13135 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13139 /* LUI instruction. */
13141 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
13142 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13145 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13147 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
13148 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13150 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
13151 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13153 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13154 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13157 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13159 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13160 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13161 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13162 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13164 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13165 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13167 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
13168 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13169 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13170 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13173 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
13174 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13177 /* NOP instructions. */
13179 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
13180 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13182 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
13183 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13186 /* Instruction match support. */
13188 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13191 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
13193 unsigned long indx;
13195 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
13196 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
13203 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13205 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13206 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13207 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13208 the second half of another instruction. */
13211 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13213 unsigned long opcode;
13216 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13217 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
13218 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13220 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
13221 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
13222 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13225 /* No delay slot. */
13231 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13232 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13233 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13234 the second half of another instruction. */
13237 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13239 unsigned long opcode;
13242 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13243 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
13244 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13246 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
13247 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13250 /* No delay slot. */
13256 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13257 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13260 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13262 unsigned long opcode;
13264 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13265 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
13267 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
13269 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
13270 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13271 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
13273 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
13279 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13280 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13283 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13285 unsigned long opcode;
13287 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13288 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
13290 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
13291 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13292 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
13294 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
13295 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13296 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
13297 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13298 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
13299 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
13300 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13301 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
13307 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13308 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13309 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13312 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
13313 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
13314 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
13316 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
13317 unsigned long opcode;
13319 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13320 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
13323 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13324 if (irel->r_offset == offset
13325 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
13331 /* Bitsize checking. */
13332 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13333 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13334 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13338 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
13339 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
13340 bfd_boolean *again)
13342 bfd_boolean insn32 = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info)->insn32;
13343 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
13344 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
13345 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
13346 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
13347 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
13349 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13352 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13353 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13356 if (link_info->relocatable
13357 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
13358 || sec->reloc_count == 0
13359 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
13362 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
13364 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13365 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13366 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
13367 link_info->keep_memory));
13368 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
13371 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13372 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
13373 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13375 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
13376 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
13377 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
13378 unsigned long opcode;
13384 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13385 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13389 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13391 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13392 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13393 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
13396 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13397 if (contents == NULL)
13399 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13400 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
13401 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
13402 /* Go get them off disk. */
13403 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
13406 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
13408 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13409 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
13411 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
13412 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13413 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
13414 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
13416 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13420 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13421 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
13423 /* A local symbol. */
13424 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
13427 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
13428 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
13429 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
13430 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
13431 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
13432 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
13433 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
13435 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
13436 symval = (isym->st_value
13437 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
13438 + sym_sec->output_offset);
13439 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
13443 unsigned long indx;
13444 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13446 /* An external symbol. */
13447 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
13448 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
13449 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
13451 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
13452 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
13453 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13454 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13455 regular reloc processing. */
13458 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
13459 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
13460 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
13461 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
13462 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
13466 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13467 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13468 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13469 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13470 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13471 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13472 the linker is run. */
13474 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13475 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
13478 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13480 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13481 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13483 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
13486 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13487 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13488 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13490 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13492 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13493 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13494 out the offset). */
13495 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
13497 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
13498 unsigned long nextopc;
13502 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13504 if (irel > internal_relocs
13505 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13506 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
13509 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13510 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
13511 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13512 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
13515 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13516 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
13517 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13518 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
13521 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13522 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13523 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13524 it through if so. */
13525 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
13526 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
13527 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
13528 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
13529 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
13530 internal_relocs, irelend))))
13532 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
13534 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
13537 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
13539 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13540 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13541 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13542 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13543 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
13544 switch (offset - 4)
13549 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13553 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13560 nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13562 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13564 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
13567 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13568 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13569 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13571 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13572 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
13574 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13575 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
13577 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13578 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13579 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13580 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
13581 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
13582 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13585 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13586 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13587 the PC-relative distance. */
13588 else if (symval % 4 == 0
13589 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
13590 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
13591 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
13592 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
13594 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13595 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
13597 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13598 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
13599 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
13601 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc,
13602 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13605 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13609 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13610 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
13612 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13617 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13618 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13619 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13620 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13621 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13622 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
13623 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13624 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
13626 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4),
13627 nop_insn_16) ? 2 : 0))
13628 || (irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13629 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd,
13631 nop_insn_32) ? 4 : 0))))
13635 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13637 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13638 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
13639 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
13640 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13642 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr);
13644 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13645 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13649 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13650 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13652 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13653 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
13654 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
13656 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13657 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
13659 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13662 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13665 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13670 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13671 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13673 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13674 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
13675 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13676 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
13677 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
13678 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
13682 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13684 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13685 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
13687 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13689 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
13690 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
13691 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13694 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13699 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13701 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13702 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13703 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13704 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
13706 unsigned long n32opc;
13707 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
13709 n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4);
13711 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
13713 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13714 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
13718 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
13720 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13722 (move_insn_16.match
13723 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
13724 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
13729 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13730 instructions will be handled here later. */
13734 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13735 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13736 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr);
13738 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13746 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13747 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
13748 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
13749 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
13751 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13752 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
13753 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
13756 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13757 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13762 if (isymbuf != NULL
13763 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
13765 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
13769 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13770 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
13774 if (contents != NULL
13775 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
13777 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
13781 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13782 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
13786 if (internal_relocs != NULL
13787 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
13788 free (internal_relocs);
13793 if (isymbuf != NULL
13794 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
13796 if (contents != NULL
13797 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
13799 if (internal_relocs != NULL
13800 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
13801 free (internal_relocs);
13806 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13808 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
13809 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
13811 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
13812 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
13814 ret = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
13818 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
13819 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
13820 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
13826 ret->root.init_plt_refcount.plist = NULL;
13827 ret->root.init_plt_offset.plist = NULL;
13829 return &ret->root.root;
13832 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13834 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
13835 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
13837 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
13839 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
13842 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
13844 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
13845 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
13846 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
13851 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13852 and copy relocs. */
13855 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
13857 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
13860 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13861 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13864 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean on)
13866 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->insn32 = on;
13869 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
13872 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd *abfd)
13874 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
13876 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
13877 return AFL_EXT_3900;
13878 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
13879 return AFL_EXT_4010;
13880 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
13881 return AFL_EXT_4100;
13882 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
13883 return AFL_EXT_4111;
13884 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
13885 return AFL_EXT_4120;
13886 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
13887 return AFL_EXT_4650;
13888 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
13889 return AFL_EXT_5400;
13890 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
13891 return AFL_EXT_5500;
13892 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
13893 return AFL_EXT_5900;
13894 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
13895 return AFL_EXT_10000;
13896 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
13897 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E;
13898 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
13899 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F;
13900 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
13901 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A;
13902 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
13903 return AFL_EXT_SB1;
13904 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
13905 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON;
13906 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
13907 return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP;
13908 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
13909 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2;
13910 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
13911 return AFL_EXT_XLR;
13916 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
13919 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags)
13921 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
13923 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
13924 abiflags->isa_level = 1;
13925 abiflags->isa_rev = 0;
13927 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
13928 abiflags->isa_level = 2;
13929 abiflags->isa_rev = 0;
13931 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
13932 abiflags->isa_level = 3;
13933 abiflags->isa_rev = 0;
13935 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
13936 abiflags->isa_level = 4;
13937 abiflags->isa_rev = 0;
13939 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
13940 abiflags->isa_level = 5;
13941 abiflags->isa_rev = 0;
13943 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
13944 abiflags->isa_level = 32;
13945 abiflags->isa_rev = 1;
13947 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
13948 abiflags->isa_level = 32;
13949 /* Handle MIPS32r3 and MIPS32r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13950 if (abiflags->isa_rev < 2)
13951 abiflags->isa_rev = 2;
13953 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
13954 abiflags->isa_level = 64;
13955 abiflags->isa_rev = 1;
13957 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
13958 /* Handle MIPS64r3 and MIPS64r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13959 abiflags->isa_level = 64;
13960 if (abiflags->isa_rev < 2)
13961 abiflags->isa_rev = 2;
13964 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13965 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
13966 abfd, bfd_printable_name (abfd));
13969 abiflags->isa_ext = bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd);
13972 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13975 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
13977 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
13978 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13979 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13980 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13981 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13982 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13983 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
13984 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6);
13987 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
13990 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0* abiflags)
13992 obj_attribute *in_attr;
13994 memset (abiflags, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0));
13995 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd, abiflags);
13997 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags))
13998 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_32;
14000 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_64;
14002 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14004 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
14005 abiflags->fp_abi = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14007 if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14008 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14009 || (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14010 && abiflags->gpr_size == AFL_REG_32))
14011 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_32;
14012 else if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14013 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14014 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
14015 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_64;
14017 abiflags->cpr2_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14019 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14020 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MDMX;
14021 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14022 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MIPS16;
14023 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14024 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14026 if (abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14027 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14028 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14029 && abiflags->isa_level >= 32
14030 && abiflags->isa_ext != AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A)
14031 abiflags->flags1 |= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG;
14034 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14035 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14036 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14039 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
14042 struct bfd_link_order *p;
14043 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
14044 asection *rtproc_sec, *abiflags_sec;
14045 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
14046 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
14047 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
14048 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
14049 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
14050 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
14051 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
14056 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14058 static const char * const secname[] =
14060 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14061 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14063 static const int sc[] =
14065 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
14066 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
14069 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14071 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
14072 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14074 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
14077 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14079 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
14081 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
14085 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14086 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
14088 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
14090 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14091 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14092 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
14093 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14094 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
14095 else if (htab->is_vxworks
14096 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
14097 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14098 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
14099 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14100 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14101 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
14103 else if (info->relocatable)
14105 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
14107 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14108 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14110 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
14113 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14114 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
14118 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14119 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14120 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14124 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14126 abiflags_sec = NULL;
14127 reginfo_sec = NULL;
14129 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
14130 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
14131 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14133 if (strcmp (o->name, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14135 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14136 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14137 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14138 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14140 asection *input_section;
14142 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14144 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14149 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14151 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14152 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14153 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14156 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14157 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
14159 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14160 matters, but someday it might). */
14161 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14166 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
14168 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
14170 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14171 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14172 the information together. */
14173 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14175 asection *input_section;
14177 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
14180 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14182 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14187 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14188 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14190 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
14191 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14194 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
14196 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
14197 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
14198 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
14199 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
14200 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
14202 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14203 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14204 finally written out. */
14206 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14207 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14208 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14211 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14212 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
14214 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14215 matters, but someday it might). */
14216 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14221 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
14223 struct extsym_info einfo;
14226 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14227 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14228 the information together. */
14229 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
14230 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14231 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
14232 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
14233 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
14234 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
14235 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
14236 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
14237 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
14238 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
14239 symhdr->issMax = 0;
14240 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
14241 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
14243 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
14245 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14246 debug_info structure. */
14248 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
14249 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
14250 debug.external_sym = NULL;
14251 debug.external_opt = NULL;
14252 debug.external_aux = NULL;
14254 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
14255 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
14256 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
14257 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
14259 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
14260 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
14264 esym.cobol_main = 0;
14268 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
14269 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
14270 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
14271 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
14273 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
14275 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
14276 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
14279 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
14280 last = s->vma + s->size;
14283 esym.asym.value = last;
14284 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
14285 secname[i], &esym))
14289 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14291 asection *input_section;
14293 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
14294 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
14298 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14300 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14305 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14306 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14308 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
14310 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14311 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14312 want to deal with it. */
14316 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
14317 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
14319 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
14321 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14322 read in the debugging information and set up an
14323 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14324 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
14328 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14329 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
14330 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
14333 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14334 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14335 the linker global hash table and save the information
14336 for the output external symbols. */
14337 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
14338 eraw_end = (eraw_src
14339 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
14340 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
14342 eraw_src < eraw_end;
14343 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
14347 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
14349 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
14350 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
14351 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
14352 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
14355 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
14356 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14357 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14358 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
14363 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
14364 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
14365 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
14371 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14372 free (input_debug.line);
14373 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
14374 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
14375 free (input_debug.external_sym);
14376 free (input_debug.external_opt);
14377 free (input_debug.external_aux);
14378 free (input_debug.ss);
14379 free (input_debug.ssext);
14380 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
14381 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
14382 free (input_debug.external_ext);
14384 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14385 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14386 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14389 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
14391 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14392 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
14393 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
14395 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
14396 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
14398 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
14401 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
14402 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
14406 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
14412 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14415 einfo.debug = &debug;
14417 einfo.failed = FALSE;
14418 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14419 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
14423 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14424 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
14426 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14427 matters, but someday it might). */
14428 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14433 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
14435 const char *subname;
14438 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
14441 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14442 information describing how the small data area would
14443 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14444 not used in executables files. */
14445 if (! info->relocatable)
14447 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14449 asection *input_section;
14451 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14453 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14458 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14460 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14461 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14462 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14465 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14466 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14467 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14469 /* Really remove the section. */
14470 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
14471 --abfd->section_count;
14476 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14477 uninitialized data. */
14478 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14479 gptab_data_sec = o;
14480 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14484 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14485 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14486 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
14487 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
14491 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14492 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14493 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14494 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14495 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14496 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14497 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
14499 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
14500 o->name = ".gptab.data";
14502 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
14503 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14504 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
14507 /* Set up the first entry. */
14509 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14510 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
14513 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
14514 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
14516 /* Combine the input sections. */
14517 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14519 asection *input_section;
14521 bfd_size_type size;
14522 unsigned long last;
14523 bfd_size_type gpentry;
14525 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14527 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14532 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14533 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14535 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14536 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14537 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14538 size = input_section->size;
14540 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14542 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
14544 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
14545 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
14551 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14552 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
14553 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
14559 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
14561 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
14562 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
14565 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14567 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
14568 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
14570 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
14576 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
14579 /* We need a new table entry. */
14580 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14581 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
14582 if (new_tab == NULL)
14588 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
14589 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
14591 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14592 value, since that will be implied by this new
14595 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14597 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
14599 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
14600 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
14604 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
14605 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14610 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14613 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14614 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14615 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14618 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14620 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
14622 /* Swap out the table. */
14623 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14624 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
14625 if (ext_tab == NULL)
14631 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
14632 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
14635 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14636 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
14638 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14639 matters, but someday it might). */
14640 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14644 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14645 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
14648 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14650 if (abiflags_sec != NULL)
14652 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
14653 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags;
14655 abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
14657 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14658 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
14660 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd, abiflags);
14661 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
14663 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd, abiflags, &ext);
14664 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, abiflags_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14668 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
14670 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
14672 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
14673 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14677 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
14679 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
14680 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
14682 mdebug_sec->filepos))
14685 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
14688 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
14690 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
14691 gptab_data_sec->contents,
14692 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
14696 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
14698 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
14699 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
14700 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
14704 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
14706 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
14707 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
14709 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
14710 rtproc_sec->contents,
14711 0, rtproc_sec->size))
14719 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14721 struct mips_mach_extension
14723 unsigned long extension, base;
14727 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14728 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14730 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] =
14732 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14733 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
14734 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
14735 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
14736 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
14738 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14739 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14740 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14741 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14743 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14744 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
14746 /* R10000 extensions. */
14747 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14748 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14749 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14751 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14752 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14753 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14754 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14755 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14756 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
14757 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
14759 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14760 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14761 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14762 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14763 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14764 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14766 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14767 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
14768 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
14770 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14771 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14772 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14773 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14774 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14775 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14776 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14777 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14778 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14779 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14780 { bfd_mach_mips5900, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14782 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14783 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
14785 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14786 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
14787 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
14789 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14790 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
14791 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
14795 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14798 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
14802 if (extension == base)
14805 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14806 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
14809 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14810 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
14813 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
14814 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
14816 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
14817 if (extension == base)
14825 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
14826 there are conflicting attributes. */
14828 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
14830 obj_attribute *in_attr;
14831 obj_attribute *out_attr;
14835 abi_fp_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd;
14836 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
14837 if (!abi_fp_bfd && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
14838 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
14840 abi_msa_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd;
14842 && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
14843 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd = ibfd;
14845 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
14847 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
14848 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
14850 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
14852 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
14857 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
14858 non-conflicting ones. */
14859 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
14860 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
14864 out_fp = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14865 in_fp = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14866 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
14867 if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
14868 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_fp;
14869 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14870 && (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14871 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14872 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
14874 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
14875 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14877 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14878 && (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14879 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14880 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
14881 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14882 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14883 && in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
14885 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
14886 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14888 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14889 && out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
14890 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14891 else if (in_fp != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
14893 const char *out_string, *in_string;
14895 out_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp);
14896 in_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp);
14897 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
14898 if (!out_string && !in_string)
14900 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14901 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14902 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_fp);
14903 else if (!out_string)
14905 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14906 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14907 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_string);
14908 else if (!in_string)
14910 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14911 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14912 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_fp);
14915 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
14916 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
14917 really relevant to the error message. */
14918 if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
14919 out_string = "-mhard-float";
14920 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
14921 in_string = "-mhard-float";
14923 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14924 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_string);
14929 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
14930 non-conflicting ones. */
14931 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
14933 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].type = 1;
14934 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
14935 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i;
14936 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
14937 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
14939 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
14941 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14942 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
14943 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
14944 "-mmsa", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
14948 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
14950 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
14952 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
14953 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14954 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
14955 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i, "-mmsa");
14960 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
14961 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
14962 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
14963 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i,
14964 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
14970 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
14971 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
14976 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
14977 object file when linking. */
14980 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
14982 flagword old_flags;
14983 flagword new_flags;
14985 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
14987 obj_attribute *out_attr;
14989 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
14990 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
14992 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14993 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
14998 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
15001 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
15003 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15004 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15009 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15011 if (mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags_valid)
15013 obj_attribute *in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15014 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15015 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i =
15016 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.fp_abi;
15019 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
15022 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
15023 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
15024 actually cause any incompatibility. */
15025 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
15027 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15028 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15029 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15030 not affect compatibility. */
15031 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
15032 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
15033 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
15035 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
15036 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
15037 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
15039 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
15043 if (null_input_bfd)
15046 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15047 if (!mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags_valid)
15049 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags);
15050 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15054 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
15055 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags;
15056 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &abiflags);
15057 in_abiflags = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags;
15059 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15060 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15061 if (in_abiflags.isa_rev == 3 || in_abiflags.isa_rev == 5)
15062 in_abiflags.isa_rev = 2;
15064 if (in_abiflags.isa_level != abiflags.isa_level
15065 || in_abiflags.isa_rev != abiflags.isa_rev
15066 || in_abiflags.isa_ext != abiflags.isa_ext)
15067 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15068 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15069 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15070 if (abiflags.fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15071 && in_abiflags.fp_abi != abiflags.fp_abi)
15072 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15073 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between e_flags and "
15074 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15075 if ((in_abiflags.ases & abiflags.ases) != abiflags.ases)
15076 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15077 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15078 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15079 if (in_abiflags.isa_ext != abiflags.isa_ext)
15080 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15081 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15082 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15083 if (in_abiflags.flags2 != 0)
15084 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15085 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15086 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd,
15087 (unsigned long) in_abiflags.flags2);
15090 if (!mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags_valid)
15092 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15093 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags;
15094 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15097 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
15099 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
15100 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
15101 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15102 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
15104 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
15105 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
15106 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
15107 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
15109 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
15110 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
15113 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15114 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags);
15120 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15121 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15122 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.fp_abi = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15124 #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15125 /* Merge abiflags. */
15126 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.isa_rev
15127 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.isa_rev,
15128 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.isa_rev);
15129 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.gpr_size
15130 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.gpr_size,
15131 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.gpr_size);
15132 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr1_size
15133 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr1_size,
15134 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.cpr1_size);
15135 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr2_size
15136 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr2_size,
15137 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.cpr2_size);
15139 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.ases
15140 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.ases;
15141 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.flags1
15142 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.flags1;
15144 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
15145 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15146 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
15148 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15150 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15151 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15153 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15154 doesn't seem to matter. */
15155 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
15156 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
15158 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15159 just be able to ignore this. */
15160 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
15161 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
15163 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15164 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
15165 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
15167 if (new_flags == old_flags)
15172 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
15173 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
15175 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15176 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15181 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
15182 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
15183 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
15184 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
15186 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
15187 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
15189 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15190 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
15192 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15193 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15197 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
15199 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15200 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
15202 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15203 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15204 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15205 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
15206 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
15207 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
15208 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15210 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15211 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags);
15213 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15214 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15215 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
15216 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
15217 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
15218 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
15222 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15223 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15224 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15226 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
15227 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
15232 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15233 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15235 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15236 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15237 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
15238 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15239 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
15241 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15242 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
15243 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15244 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
15246 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15247 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15249 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
15250 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
15253 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15254 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15257 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15258 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15259 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
15261 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15262 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15263 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15264 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15265 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
15266 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
15268 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
15270 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15271 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15273 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15274 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15278 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15280 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15281 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15284 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15285 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008))
15287 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15289 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15290 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15291 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15292 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15294 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15295 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15298 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15299 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64))
15301 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15303 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15304 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15305 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15306 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15308 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15309 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15312 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15313 if (new_flags != old_flags)
15315 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15316 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
15317 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
15318 (unsigned long) old_flags);
15324 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
15331 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15334 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
15336 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
15337 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
15339 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
15340 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
15345 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
15349 default: return "";
15350 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
15351 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15352 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
15353 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15354 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
15355 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15356 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
15357 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15358 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
15359 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15360 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
15361 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15363 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15364 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
15365 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15366 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
15367 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15368 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
15369 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15370 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
15371 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15372 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
15373 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15374 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
15375 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15376 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
15377 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15378 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
15379 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15380 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
15381 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15382 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
15383 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15384 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
15385 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15386 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
15387 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15388 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
15389 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15390 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
15391 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15392 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
15393 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15394 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
15395 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15396 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
15397 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15398 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
15399 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15400 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
15401 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15402 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
15403 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15404 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
15405 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15406 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
15407 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15408 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
15409 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15410 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
15411 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15412 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
15413 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15414 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
15415 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15416 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
15417 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15418 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
15419 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15420 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
15421 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15422 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
15423 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15424 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
15425 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15426 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
15427 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15428 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
15429 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15430 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
15431 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15432 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
15433 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15434 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
15435 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15436 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
15437 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15438 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
15439 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15443 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15447 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp)
15451 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15453 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15454 return "-mdouble-float";
15456 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15457 return "-msingle-float";
15459 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15460 return "-msoft-float";
15462 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15463 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15465 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15468 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15469 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15471 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15472 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15480 print_mips_ases (FILE *file, unsigned int mask)
15482 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSP)
15483 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file);
15484 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSPR2)
15485 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file);
15486 if (mask & AFL_ASE_EVA)
15487 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file);
15488 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MCU)
15489 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file);
15490 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MDMX)
15491 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file);
15492 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS3D)
15493 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file);
15494 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MT)
15495 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file);
15496 if (mask & AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS)
15497 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file);
15498 if (mask & AFL_ASE_VIRT)
15499 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file);
15500 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MSA)
15501 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file);
15502 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS16)
15503 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file);
15504 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15505 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file);
15506 if (mask & AFL_ASE_XPA)
15507 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file);
15509 fprintf (file, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15513 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file, unsigned int isa_ext)
15518 fputs (_("None"), file);
15521 fputs ("RMI XLR", file);
15523 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2:
15524 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file);
15526 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP:
15527 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file);
15529 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A:
15530 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file);
15532 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON:
15533 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file);
15536 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file);
15539 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file);
15542 fputs ("LSI R4010", file);
15545 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file);
15548 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file);
15550 case AFL_EXT_10000:
15551 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file);
15554 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file);
15557 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file);
15560 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file);
15563 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file);
15566 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file);
15568 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E:
15569 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file);
15571 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F:
15572 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file);
15575 fputs (_("Unknown"), file);
15581 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file, int val)
15585 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY:
15586 fprintf (file, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15588 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15589 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15591 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15592 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15594 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15595 fprintf (file, _("Soft float\n"));
15597 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15598 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15600 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15601 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15603 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15604 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15606 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15607 fprintf (file, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15610 fprintf (file, "??? (%d)\n", val);
15616 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size)
15618 return (reg_size == AFL_REG_NONE) ? 0
15619 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_32) ? 32
15620 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_64) ? 64
15621 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_128) ? 128
15626 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
15630 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
15632 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15633 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
15635 /* xgettext:c-format */
15636 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
15638 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
15639 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15640 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
15641 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15642 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
15643 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15644 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
15645 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15646 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
15647 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15648 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
15649 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15650 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
15651 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
15653 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
15655 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
15656 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
15657 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
15658 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
15659 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
15660 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
15661 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
15662 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
15663 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
15664 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
15665 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
15666 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
15667 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
15668 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
15669 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
15670 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
15671 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
15672 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
15673 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6)
15674 fprintf (file, " [mips32r6]");
15675 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
15676 fprintf (file, " [mips64r6]");
15678 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15680 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
15681 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
15683 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
15684 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
15686 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15687 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
15689 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008)
15690 fprintf (file, " [nan2008]");
15692 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64)
15693 fprintf (file, " [old fp64]");
15695 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
15696 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
15698 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15700 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
15701 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
15703 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
15704 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
15706 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
15707 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
15709 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
15710 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
15712 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
15713 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
15715 fputc ('\n', file);
15717 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
15719 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
15720 fprintf (file, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags->version);
15721 fprintf (file, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags->isa_level);
15722 if (abiflags->isa_rev > 1)
15723 fprintf (file, "r%d", abiflags->isa_rev);
15724 fprintf (file, "\nGPR size: %d",
15725 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->gpr_size));
15726 fprintf (file, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15727 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr1_size));
15728 fprintf (file, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15729 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr2_size));
15730 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file);
15731 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file, abiflags->fp_abi);
15732 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file);
15733 print_mips_isa_ext (file, abiflags->isa_ext);
15734 fputs ("\nASEs:", file);
15735 print_mips_ases (file, abiflags->ases);
15736 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags1);
15737 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags2);
15738 fputc ('\n', file);
15744 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
15746 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15747 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15748 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
15749 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15750 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15751 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
15752 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15755 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15756 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15757 definiton of the symbol. */
15759 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
15760 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
15761 bfd_boolean definition,
15762 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15764 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15766 unsigned char other;
15768 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
15769 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15770 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
15774 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
15775 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
15778 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15779 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15781 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
15783 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
15787 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
15789 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
15790 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15791 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
15794 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15795 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15798 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
15799 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15802 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
15803 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
15806 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15807 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15808 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15809 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15810 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15811 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15812 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15813 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15816 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
15817 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
15818 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
15819 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
15822 static const char pltname[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15823 static const char microsuffix[] = "@micromipsplt";
15824 static const char m16suffix[] = "@mips16plt";
15825 static const char mipssuffix[] = "@plt";
15827 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
15828 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
15829 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
15830 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
15831 bfd_byte *plt_data;
15832 bfd_vma plt_offset;
15833 unsigned int other;
15834 bfd_vma entry_size;
15853 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 || dynsymcount <= 0)
15856 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
15857 if (relplt == NULL)
15860 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
15861 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
15864 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
15868 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
15869 if (!(*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
15871 p = relplt->relocation;
15873 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15874 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15875 PLT slots per relocation. */
15876 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
15877 counti = count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
15878 size = 2 * count * sizeof (asymbol);
15879 size += count * (sizeof (mipssuffix) +
15880 (micromips_p ? sizeof (microsuffix) : sizeof (m16suffix)));
15881 for (pi = 0; pi < counti; pi += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
15882 size += 2 * strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
15884 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
15885 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof (pltname);
15887 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, plt, &plt_data))
15890 if (plt->size < 16)
15893 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
15896 send = s + 2 * count + 1;
15898 names = (char *) send;
15899 nend = (char *) s + size;
15902 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + 12);
15903 if (opcode == 0x3302fffe)
15907 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
15908 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
15910 else if (opcode == 0x0398c1d0)
15914 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
15915 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
15919 plt0_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
15924 s->flags = BSF_SYNTHETIC | BSF_FUNCTION | BSF_LOCAL;
15928 s->udata.i = other;
15929 memcpy (names, pltname, sizeof (pltname));
15930 names += sizeof (pltname);
15934 for (plt_offset = plt0_size;
15935 plt_offset + 8 <= plt->size && s < send;
15936 plt_offset += entry_size)
15938 bfd_vma gotplt_addr;
15939 const char *suffix;
15944 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4);
15946 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
15947 if (opcode == 0x651aeb00)
15951 /* Truncated table??? */
15952 if (plt_offset + 16 > plt->size)
15954 gotplt_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 12);
15955 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
15956 suffixlen = sizeof (m16suffix);
15957 suffix = m16suffix;
15958 other = STO_MIPS16;
15960 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
15961 else if (opcode == 0xff220000)
15965 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0x7f;
15966 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
15967 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
15969 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
15970 gotplt_addr += ((plt->vma + plt_offset) | 3) ^ 3;
15971 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
15972 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
15973 suffix = microsuffix;
15974 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
15976 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
15977 else if ((opcode & 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
15979 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
15980 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 6) & 0xffff;
15981 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
15982 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
15983 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
15984 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
15985 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
15986 suffix = microsuffix;
15987 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
15989 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
15992 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0xffff;
15993 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4) & 0xffff;
15994 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
15995 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
15996 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
15997 entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
15998 suffixlen = sizeof (mipssuffix);
15999 suffix = mipssuffix;
16002 /* Truncated table??? */
16003 if (plt_offset + entry_size > plt->size)
16007 i < count && p[pi].address != gotplt_addr;
16008 i++, pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti);
16015 *s = **p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr;
16016 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16017 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16018 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
16019 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
16020 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
16022 s->value = plt_offset;
16024 s->udata.i = other;
16026 len = strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
16027 namelen = len + suffixlen;
16028 if (names + namelen > nend)
16031 memcpy (names, (*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
16033 memcpy (names, suffix, suffixlen);
16034 names += suffixlen;
16037 pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti;
16047 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
16049 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
16050 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
16052 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
16055 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
16056 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
16058 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
16059 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
16062 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd, link_info);
16064 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16065 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
16066 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 3;